1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
86 #include "diagnostic.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
95 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
98 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
99 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
100 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
101 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
103 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
107 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
108 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
109 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
110 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
111 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
114 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
118 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
120 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
121 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
122 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
123 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
124 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
126 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
127 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
128 && (flag_unwind_tables
129 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
134 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
136 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
139 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
140 must be kept around forever. */
141 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
143 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
144 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
145 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
147 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
149 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
150 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
151 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
152 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
153 define type declaration DIE's. */
154 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
156 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
157 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
158 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
159 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
160 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
161 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
162 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
163 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
164 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
165 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
166 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
167 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
169 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
170 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
171 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
174 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
175 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
176 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
178 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
179 Information instructions. The register number, offset
180 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
181 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
183 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
185 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
191 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
193 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
194 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
195 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
196 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
200 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
202 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
203 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
204 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
206 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
211 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
212 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
213 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
214 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
215 of this structure. */
216 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
218 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
219 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
221 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
224 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
225 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
226 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
227 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
228 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
230 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
233 const char *dw_fde_begin;
234 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
235 const char *dw_fde_end;
236 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
237 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
238 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
239 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
240 bool dw_fde_switched_sections;
241 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
242 unsigned funcdef_number;
243 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
244 unsigned nothrow : 1;
245 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
249 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
250 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
252 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
253 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
254 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
255 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
257 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
258 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
261 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
262 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
263 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
266 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
267 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
270 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
271 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
272 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
275 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
276 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
278 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
279 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
282 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
284 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
285 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
286 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
288 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
289 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
290 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
291 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
293 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
297 /* CIE identifier. */
298 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
299 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
300 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
302 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
305 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
306 information for each routine. */
307 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
309 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
310 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
312 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
313 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
315 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
317 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
319 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
320 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
322 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
323 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
324 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
325 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
326 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
327 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
330 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
333 unsigned int refcount;
338 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
340 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
341 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
343 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
345 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
347 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
348 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
349 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
350 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
351 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
352 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
353 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
354 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
355 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
356 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
358 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
359 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
360 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
361 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
362 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
363 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
364 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
366 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
367 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
368 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
369 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
370 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
371 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
372 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
374 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
375 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
376 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
379 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
380 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
381 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
383 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
384 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
387 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
388 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
391 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
392 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
395 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
396 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
398 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
399 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
400 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
401 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
402 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
403 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
404 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
405 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
406 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
407 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
409 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
410 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
412 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
414 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
416 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
420 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
421 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
422 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
423 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
426 /* Hook used by __throw. */
429 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
431 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
432 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
435 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
436 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
439 stripattributes (const char *s)
441 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
446 while (*s && *s != ',')
453 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
454 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
457 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
459 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
460 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
461 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
464 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
467 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
470 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
471 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
472 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
473 bool wrote_return_column = false;
475 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
477 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
479 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
481 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
482 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
485 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
486 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
487 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
489 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
491 wrote_return_column = true;
493 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
497 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
498 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
502 if (!wrote_return_column)
503 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
505 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
506 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
509 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
512 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
515 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
519 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
520 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
522 return "DW_CFA_offset";
524 return "DW_CFA_restore";
528 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
529 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
530 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
531 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
532 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
533 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
534 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
535 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
536 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
537 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
538 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
539 case DW_CFA_undefined:
540 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
541 case DW_CFA_same_value:
542 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
543 case DW_CFA_register:
544 return "DW_CFA_register";
545 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
546 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
547 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
548 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
550 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
551 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
552 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
553 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
554 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
557 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
558 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
559 case DW_CFA_expression:
560 return "DW_CFA_expression";
561 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
562 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
563 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
564 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
565 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
566 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
568 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
569 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
570 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
573 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
574 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
575 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
576 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
577 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
578 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
581 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
585 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
587 static inline dw_cfi_ref
590 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
592 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
593 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
594 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
599 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
602 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
606 /* Find the end of the chain. */
607 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
613 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
616 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
618 static char label[20];
620 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
621 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
625 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
626 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
629 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
633 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
636 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
638 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
639 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
643 label = xstrdup (label);
645 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
647 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
648 set the location directly using set_loc. */
649 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
650 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
652 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
653 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
655 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
658 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
662 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
665 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
668 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
670 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
672 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
673 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
675 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
677 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
679 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
680 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
683 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
684 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
686 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
687 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
689 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
691 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
692 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
699 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
702 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
706 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
709 loc->base_offset = 0;
711 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
712 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
714 if (fde_table_in_use)
716 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
717 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
718 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
722 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
723 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
725 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
727 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
729 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
730 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
732 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
733 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
735 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
736 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
737 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
740 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
747 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
750 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
753 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
755 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
756 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
757 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
758 && (loc1->indirect == 0
759 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
762 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
763 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
766 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
769 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
774 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
775 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
777 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
778 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
780 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
781 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
786 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
788 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
789 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
792 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
793 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
795 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
796 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
800 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
801 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
805 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
806 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
807 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
810 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
811 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
812 offset has not changed. */
813 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
814 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
818 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
820 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
821 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
822 the specified offset. */
825 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
826 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
828 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
829 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
830 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
834 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
835 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
836 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
841 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
842 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
843 register-offset pair is available. */
844 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
846 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
847 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
848 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
851 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
854 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
855 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
856 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
857 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
860 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
862 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
864 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
866 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
869 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
871 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
873 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
875 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
877 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
878 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
879 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
881 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
883 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
886 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
888 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
890 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
892 else if (sreg == reg)
893 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
896 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
897 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
900 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
903 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
904 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
905 from the previous frame's window save area.
907 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
908 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
911 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
913 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
915 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
916 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
919 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
920 pushed onto the stack. */
923 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
927 if (size == old_args_size)
930 old_args_size = size;
933 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
934 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
935 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
938 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
939 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
942 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
944 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
947 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
948 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
951 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
953 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
956 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
957 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
960 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
962 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
965 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
966 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
967 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
970 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
972 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
973 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
975 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
978 /* RA is in a register. */
979 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
983 /* RA is on the stack. */
985 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
988 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
993 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
994 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
998 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
999 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1009 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1010 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1011 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1012 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1013 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1020 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1021 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1025 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1028 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1029 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
1031 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1032 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1033 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1036 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1038 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1039 code = GET_CODE (src);
1040 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1041 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1042 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1045 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1049 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1051 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1052 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1053 code = GET_CODE (src);
1059 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1061 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1062 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1063 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1064 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1065 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1072 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1074 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1081 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1083 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1098 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1099 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1100 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1103 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1105 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1109 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1110 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1111 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1112 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1113 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1116 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1117 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1118 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1120 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1122 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1123 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1124 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1125 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1126 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1127 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1128 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1129 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1134 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1136 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1137 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1140 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1142 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1143 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1144 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1145 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1146 offset = -args_size;
1151 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1152 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1153 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1154 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1156 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1158 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1159 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1160 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1168 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1169 cfa.offset += offset;
1171 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1175 args_size += offset;
1179 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1180 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1181 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1182 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1187 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1188 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1189 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1191 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1193 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1195 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1199 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1201 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1202 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1207 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1208 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1209 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1210 more efficient data structure. */
1211 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1212 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1214 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1215 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1217 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1218 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1221 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1223 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1225 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1226 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1228 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1229 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1234 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1235 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1236 queued_reg_saves = q;
1240 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1241 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1243 last_reg_save_label = label;
1246 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1249 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1251 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1253 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1256 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1258 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1259 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1261 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1263 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1264 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1266 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1268 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1269 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1272 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1274 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1276 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1277 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1280 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1281 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1284 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1285 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1286 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1287 have a new location for? */
1290 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1292 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1294 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1297 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1299 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1300 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1301 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1308 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1311 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1314 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1316 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1317 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1319 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1321 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1322 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1324 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1325 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1327 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1328 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1329 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1332 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1335 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1337 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1339 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1341 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1342 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1345 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1346 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1347 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1348 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1354 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1355 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1356 value, not an offset. */
1357 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1359 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1360 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1361 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1362 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1364 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1365 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1366 users need not read the source code.
1368 The High-Level Picture
1370 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1371 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1372 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1373 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1374 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1376 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1377 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1378 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1379 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1380 saves. This also seems to work.
1382 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1383 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1384 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1385 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1386 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1387 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1388 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1389 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1390 value as in the caller.
1392 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1393 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1394 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1395 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1397 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1400 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1402 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1403 consists of a register and an offset.
1404 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1405 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1406 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1407 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1408 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1409 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1410 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1412 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1413 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1414 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1417 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1418 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1419 and cfa_temp.offset.
1421 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1424 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1425 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1426 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1430 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1431 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1434 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1435 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1436 cfa.offset unchanged
1437 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1438 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1441 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1442 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1443 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1444 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1445 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1446 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1449 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1450 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1451 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1454 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1455 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1457 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1458 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1459 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1462 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1463 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1465 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1466 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1469 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1470 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1471 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1474 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1475 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1476 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1479 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1483 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1484 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1485 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1488 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1489 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1490 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1492 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1495 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1496 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1497 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1499 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1502 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1505 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1506 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1509 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1510 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1511 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1514 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1515 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1516 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1517 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1520 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1521 effects: target-dependent */
1524 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1527 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1529 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1530 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1531 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1532 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1533 flag is set in them. */
1534 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1537 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1540 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
1541 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
1542 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
1543 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
1544 handle register saves before register assignments. */
1545 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
1546 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1548 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
1549 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
1550 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
1551 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
1552 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
1555 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1557 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
1558 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
1559 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1560 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
1561 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
1566 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1568 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1569 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1573 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1578 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1581 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1583 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1585 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1588 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1589 relative to the current CFA register.
1591 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1592 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1593 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1594 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1595 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1596 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1597 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1601 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1602 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1603 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1604 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1605 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1606 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1613 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1617 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1620 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1623 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1625 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1631 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1633 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1634 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1635 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1637 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1638 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1641 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1643 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1645 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1646 cfa.offset += offset;
1647 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1648 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1650 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1653 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1654 or adjusting the FP */
1655 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1657 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1658 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1659 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1660 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1661 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1663 cfa.offset += offset;
1664 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1668 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1671 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1672 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1673 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1675 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1676 into the FP later on. */
1677 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1678 cfa.offset += offset;
1679 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1680 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1681 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1682 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1686 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1687 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1688 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1690 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1691 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1692 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1693 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1694 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1698 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1699 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1701 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1702 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1711 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1712 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1717 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1718 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1719 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1721 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1722 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1723 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1726 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1727 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1734 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1735 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1736 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1743 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1747 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1749 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1751 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1756 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1757 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1759 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1761 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1762 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1764 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1765 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1766 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1768 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1774 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1775 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1778 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1779 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1781 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1782 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1783 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1785 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1789 /* With an offset. */
1796 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1797 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1798 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1799 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1802 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1804 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1805 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1808 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1809 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1815 /* Without an offset. */
1818 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1820 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1821 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1824 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1825 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1832 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1833 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1834 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1835 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1842 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1843 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1844 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1846 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1848 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1850 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1851 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1853 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1854 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1859 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1860 calculate the CFA. */
1861 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1865 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1867 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1868 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1870 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1875 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1876 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1884 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1885 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1886 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1888 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1889 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1892 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1897 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1901 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1902 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1904 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1907 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1909 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1912 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1914 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1916 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1917 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1919 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1923 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1924 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1926 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1928 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1929 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1933 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1934 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1936 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1938 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1940 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1945 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1946 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1947 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1949 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1950 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1955 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1956 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1958 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1959 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1960 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1961 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1962 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1963 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1966 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1967 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1968 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1969 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1970 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1971 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1972 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1973 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1974 case DW_CFA_register:
1975 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1977 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1978 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1979 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1980 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1982 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1983 case DW_CFA_expression:
1984 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1991 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1992 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1993 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1995 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1996 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2000 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2001 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2003 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2004 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2005 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2007 case DW_CFA_register:
2008 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2011 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2015 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2017 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2018 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
2022 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
2026 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2027 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2031 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2037 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2039 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2041 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2043 flags = ((! flag_pic
2044 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2045 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2046 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2047 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2048 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2049 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2050 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2053 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2054 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
2058 if (eh_frame_section)
2059 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
2062 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2063 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2064 switch_to_section (data_section);
2065 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
2066 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2067 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
2068 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2069 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2073 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2076 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
2079 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
2080 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
2081 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
2082 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
2083 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
2084 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
2086 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2087 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2088 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
2089 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2091 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
2093 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2094 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2095 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
2099 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
2100 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
2102 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
2104 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2106 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2107 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2108 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
2111 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2112 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
2113 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2116 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2117 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2118 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2119 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2122 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2123 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2124 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2125 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2128 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2129 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2130 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2131 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2134 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2135 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2136 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2137 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2140 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2141 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2142 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2143 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2144 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2147 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2148 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2149 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2150 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2151 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2154 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2155 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2156 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2157 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2158 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2159 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2162 case DW_CFA_register:
2163 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2164 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2165 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2166 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2169 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2170 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2171 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2174 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2175 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2178 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2181 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2182 case DW_CFA_expression:
2183 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2186 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2187 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2196 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2197 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2198 location of saved registers. */
2201 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2206 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2207 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2208 char augmentation[6];
2209 int augmentation_size;
2210 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2211 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2212 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2215 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2216 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2219 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2220 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2221 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2222 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2223 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2224 specialization doesn't. */
2225 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2226 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2228 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2229 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2230 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2231 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2232 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2233 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2235 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2236 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2237 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2238 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2241 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2243 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2244 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2245 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2246 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2247 any_eh_needed = true;
2248 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2249 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2250 any_eh_needed = true;
2252 if (! any_eh_needed)
2256 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2261 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2264 if (!debug_frame_section)
2265 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
2266 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
2267 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
2270 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2271 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2273 /* Output the CIE. */
2274 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2275 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2276 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
2277 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2278 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2279 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2280 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2281 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2283 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2284 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2285 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2286 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
2287 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2289 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2291 augmentation[0] = 0;
2292 augmentation_size = 0;
2298 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2299 augmentation section.
2300 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2301 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2302 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2304 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2305 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2307 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2308 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2309 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2311 p = augmentation + 1;
2312 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2315 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2316 assemble_external_libcall (eh_personality_libfunc);
2318 if (any_lsda_needed)
2321 augmentation_size += 1;
2323 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2326 augmentation_size += 1;
2328 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2330 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2334 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2335 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2337 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2339 + 1 /* CIE version */
2340 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2341 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2342 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2344 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2345 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2346 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2348 augmentation_size += pad;
2350 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2351 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2352 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2356 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2357 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2358 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2359 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2361 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
2362 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2363 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2365 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2367 if (augmentation[0])
2369 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2370 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2372 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2373 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2374 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2375 eh_personality_libfunc,
2379 if (any_lsda_needed)
2380 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2381 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2383 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2384 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2385 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2388 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2389 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2391 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2392 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2393 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2394 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2396 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2397 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2399 fde = &fde_table[i];
2401 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2402 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2403 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2404 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2405 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2408 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2409 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2410 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2411 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2412 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
2413 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2414 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2415 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2417 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2420 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2422 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2423 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
2427 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2428 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2429 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2432 "FDE initial location");
2433 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2435 rtx sym_ref2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2436 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
2437 rtx sym_ref3= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2438 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
2439 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2440 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2441 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref3, false,
2442 "FDE initial location");
2443 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2444 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2445 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2446 "FDE address range");
2447 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref2, false,
2448 "FDE initial location");
2449 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2450 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2451 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2452 "FDE address range");
2455 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2456 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2457 "FDE address range");
2461 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2462 "FDE initial location");
2463 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2465 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2466 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2467 "FDE initial location");
2468 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2469 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2470 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2471 "FDE address range");
2472 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2473 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2474 "FDE initial location");
2475 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2476 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2477 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2478 "FDE address range");
2481 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2482 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2483 "FDE address range");
2486 if (augmentation[0])
2488 if (any_lsda_needed)
2490 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2492 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2494 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2495 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2496 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2497 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2498 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2501 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2504 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2506 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2508 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2509 fde->funcdef_number);
2510 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2511 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2512 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2516 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2517 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2519 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2520 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2524 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2527 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2529 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2530 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2531 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2533 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2534 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2535 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2536 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2539 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2540 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2541 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2542 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2543 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2544 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2547 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2552 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2556 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2557 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2559 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2563 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2565 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2566 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2567 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2569 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2570 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2573 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2577 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl));
2578 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2579 current_function_funcdef_no);
2580 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2581 current_function_funcdef_no);
2582 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2583 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2585 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2586 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2587 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2591 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2592 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2594 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2595 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2596 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2597 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2598 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2601 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2602 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2604 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2605 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2606 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2607 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2608 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
2609 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
2610 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
2611 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
2612 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
2613 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = false;
2614 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2615 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2616 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2617 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2618 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2619 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2621 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2623 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2624 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2625 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2627 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2631 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2632 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2636 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2637 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2640 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2642 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2644 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2645 current_function_funcdef_no);
2646 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2647 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2648 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2652 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2654 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2655 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2656 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2657 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2659 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2660 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2662 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2663 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2665 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2666 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2667 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2672 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2674 /* Output call frame information. */
2675 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
2676 output_call_frame_info (0);
2678 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2679 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2680 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2681 output_call_frame_info (1);
2686 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2687 for emitting location expressions. */
2689 /* Data about a single source file. */
2690 struct dwarf_file_data GTY(())
2692 const char * filename;
2696 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2697 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2698 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2701 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2702 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2703 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2704 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2706 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2707 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2708 implementation are listed below. */
2713 dw_val_class_offset,
2715 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2716 dw_val_class_range_list,
2718 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2719 dw_val_class_long_long,
2722 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2723 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2724 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2725 dw_val_class_lineptr,
2727 dw_val_class_macptr,
2731 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2732 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2734 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2741 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2743 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2745 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2751 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2752 represented internally. */
2754 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2756 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2757 union dw_val_struct_union
2759 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2760 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2761 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2762 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2763 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2764 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2765 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2766 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2767 struct dw_val_die_union
2771 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2772 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2773 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2774 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2775 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2776 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
2778 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2782 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2785 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2787 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2788 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2789 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2790 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2795 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2796 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2797 their entire life. */
2798 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2800 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2801 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2802 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2803 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2804 Only on head of list */
2805 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2806 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2809 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2811 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2812 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2813 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2814 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2815 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2816 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2817 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2818 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2820 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2823 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2828 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2829 return "DW_OP_addr";
2831 return "DW_OP_deref";
2833 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2835 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2837 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2839 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2841 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2843 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2845 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2847 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2849 return "DW_OP_constu";
2851 return "DW_OP_consts";
2855 return "DW_OP_drop";
2857 return "DW_OP_over";
2859 return "DW_OP_pick";
2861 return "DW_OP_swap";
2865 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2873 return "DW_OP_minus";
2885 return "DW_OP_plus";
2886 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2887 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2893 return "DW_OP_shra";
2911 return "DW_OP_skip";
2913 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2915 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2917 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2919 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2921 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2923 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2925 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2927 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2929 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2931 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2933 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2935 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2937 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2939 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2941 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2943 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2945 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2947 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2949 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2951 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2953 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2955 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2957 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2959 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2961 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2963 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2965 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2967 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2969 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2971 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2973 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2975 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2977 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2979 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2981 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2983 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2985 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2987 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2989 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2991 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2993 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2995 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2997 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2999 return "DW_OP_reg11";
3001 return "DW_OP_reg12";
3003 return "DW_OP_reg13";
3005 return "DW_OP_reg14";
3007 return "DW_OP_reg15";
3009 return "DW_OP_reg16";
3011 return "DW_OP_reg17";
3013 return "DW_OP_reg18";
3015 return "DW_OP_reg19";
3017 return "DW_OP_reg20";
3019 return "DW_OP_reg21";
3021 return "DW_OP_reg22";
3023 return "DW_OP_reg23";
3025 return "DW_OP_reg24";
3027 return "DW_OP_reg25";
3029 return "DW_OP_reg26";
3031 return "DW_OP_reg27";
3033 return "DW_OP_reg28";
3035 return "DW_OP_reg29";
3037 return "DW_OP_reg30";
3039 return "DW_OP_reg31";
3041 return "DW_OP_breg0";
3043 return "DW_OP_breg1";
3045 return "DW_OP_breg2";
3047 return "DW_OP_breg3";
3049 return "DW_OP_breg4";
3051 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3053 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3055 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3057 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3059 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3061 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3063 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3065 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3067 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3069 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3071 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3073 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3075 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3077 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3079 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3081 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3083 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3085 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3087 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3089 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3091 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3093 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3095 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3097 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3099 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3101 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3103 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3105 return "DW_OP_regx";
3107 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3109 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3111 return "DW_OP_piece";
3112 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3113 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3114 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3115 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3118 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
3119 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3121 return "DW_OP_call2";
3123 return "DW_OP_call4";
3124 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3125 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3126 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
3127 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3128 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
3129 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
3131 return "OP_<unknown>";
3135 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3136 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3137 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3139 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3140 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
3141 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
3143 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
3145 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
3146 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3147 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
3148 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3149 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
3154 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3157 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
3159 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
3161 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3162 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
3168 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3170 static unsigned long
3171 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3173 unsigned long size = 1;
3175 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3178 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3179 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3198 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3201 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3206 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3207 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3245 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3248 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3251 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3254 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3255 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3258 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3260 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3261 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3270 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3271 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3280 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3282 static unsigned long
3283 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3288 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
3289 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
3290 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
3292 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
3294 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
3299 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
3301 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
3302 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
3308 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3311 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3313 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3314 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3316 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3318 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3320 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3324 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3328 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3332 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3333 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3340 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3341 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3343 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3356 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3357 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3358 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3359 only doing unwinding. */
3364 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3367 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3370 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3373 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3375 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3376 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3410 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3413 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3416 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3419 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3420 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3423 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3425 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3426 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3427 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3430 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3431 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
3433 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
3436 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3443 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3448 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3451 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3453 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3455 /* Output the opcode. */
3456 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3457 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3459 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3460 output_loc_operands (loc);
3464 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3465 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3468 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3470 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3473 /* Output the size of the block. */
3474 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3475 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3476 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3478 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3479 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3482 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
3483 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
3486 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3487 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
3489 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3491 offset += cfa->offset;
3495 if (cfa->base_offset)
3498 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3500 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3502 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3503 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3505 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3507 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3508 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3509 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3512 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
3513 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3520 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3522 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3523 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3524 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, offset, 0);
3526 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, offset);
3532 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3533 descriptor sequence. */
3536 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3538 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3540 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3544 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3546 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3582 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3585 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3619 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3620 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3623 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3624 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3629 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3630 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3633 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3634 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3638 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3640 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3641 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3643 /* .debug_str support. */
3644 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3646 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3647 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3648 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3649 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3650 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3651 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3652 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3653 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3654 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3655 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3656 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3657 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3658 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3659 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3660 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3661 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3663 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3665 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3671 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3672 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3673 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3674 dwarf2out_end_block,
3675 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3676 dwarf2out_source_line,
3677 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3678 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3679 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3680 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3681 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3682 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3683 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3684 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3685 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3686 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3687 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3688 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3689 something tries to reference them. */
3690 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3691 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3692 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3693 dwarf2out_var_location,
3694 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
3695 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3699 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3700 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3701 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3703 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3704 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3705 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3706 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3708 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3709 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3711 typedef long int dw_offset;
3713 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3715 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3716 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3717 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3718 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3719 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3720 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
3722 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3723 line number associated with the label generated for that
3724 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3725 the line number entry. */
3727 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3729 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3730 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3734 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3736 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3738 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3739 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3740 unsigned long function;
3742 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3744 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3745 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3746 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3748 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3750 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3751 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3755 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
3756 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
3758 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
3759 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
3760 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
3762 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3764 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3766 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
3767 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3768 dw_die_ref die_child;
3770 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3771 dw_offset die_offset;
3772 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3774 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3775 int die_perennial_p;
3776 unsigned int decl_id;
3780 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
3781 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
3782 c = die->die_child; \
3786 } while (c != die->die_child); \
3789 /* The pubname structure */
3791 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3798 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
3799 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
3801 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3803 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
3804 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
3808 struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct GTY(())
3814 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3815 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3819 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3823 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3824 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3825 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3828 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3829 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3831 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3832 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3833 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3834 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3835 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3836 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3838 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3839 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3840 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3841 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3842 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3843 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3844 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3845 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3846 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3847 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3849 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3850 language, and compiler version. */
3852 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3853 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3854 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3856 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3857 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3859 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3860 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3861 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3862 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3863 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3865 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3866 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3867 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3868 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3869 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3870 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3872 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3873 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3874 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3875 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3877 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3881 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3882 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3883 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3885 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3886 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3888 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3889 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3891 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3892 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3893 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3894 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3895 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3897 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3898 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3899 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3900 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3903 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3904 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3906 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3907 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3909 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3910 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
3912 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3913 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3914 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3916 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3917 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3919 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3920 const char * GTY (()) label;
3921 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
3922 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3925 /* Variable location list. */
3926 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3928 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3930 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3931 it is marked through the chain. */
3932 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3934 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3935 unsigned int decl_id;
3937 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3940 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3941 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3943 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3944 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3945 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3946 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3947 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3949 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3950 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3952 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3953 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3955 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3956 abbrev_die_table. */
3957 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3959 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3960 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3961 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3962 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3964 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3965 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3967 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3968 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3970 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
3971 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
3973 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3974 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3975 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3976 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3978 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3979 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3981 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3982 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3984 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3986 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3988 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3989 accessible names. */
3990 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
3992 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3993 accessible types. */
3994 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
3996 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3997 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3999 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
4000 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
4002 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
4003 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
4005 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4007 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
4009 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
4010 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
4012 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
4013 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
4015 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
4016 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
4018 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
4019 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
4020 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
4022 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
4023 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
4025 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
4026 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
4028 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4030 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
4032 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
4033 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
4035 /* Unique label counter. */
4036 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
4038 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4039 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
4040 static int current_function_has_inlines;
4042 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
4043 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
4046 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
4047 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
4049 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
4050 static GTY(()) int label_num;
4052 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
4053 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
4055 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4057 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
4058 within the current function. */
4059 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
4061 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
4063 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
4064 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
4065 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
4066 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
4067 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
4068 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
4069 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
4070 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
4071 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
4072 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
4073 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
4074 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
4075 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
4076 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4077 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
4078 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
4079 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
4080 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
4082 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
4083 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
4084 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
4085 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
4086 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4087 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
4088 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
4089 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
4090 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4091 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
4092 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
4093 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
4094 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
4095 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
4096 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
4097 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4099 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
4100 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
4101 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
4102 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4103 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4104 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4105 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4106 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
4107 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4109 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
4110 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4111 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
4112 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
4113 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4114 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4115 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4116 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4117 static bool is_c_family (void);
4118 static bool is_cxx (void);
4119 static bool is_java (void);
4120 static bool is_fortran (void);
4121 static bool is_ada (void);
4122 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4123 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
4124 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4125 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
4126 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
4127 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4128 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4129 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4130 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
4131 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4132 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4133 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
4134 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4135 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
4136 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4137 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
4138 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4139 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4140 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
4141 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
4142 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4143 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4144 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
4145 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
4146 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
4147 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
4148 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4149 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
4150 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
4151 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
4152 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
4153 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
4154 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
4155 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4156 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4157 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4158 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
4159 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
4160 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
4161 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
4162 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
4163 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4164 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
4165 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
4166 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4167 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4168 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4169 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
4170 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4171 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4172 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4173 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4174 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
4175 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
4176 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4177 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
4178 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
4179 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
4180 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
4181 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
4182 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
4183 static void output_aranges (void);
4184 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
4185 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
4186 static unsigned int add_ranges_by_labels (const char *, const char *);
4187 static void output_ranges (void);
4188 static void output_line_info (void);
4189 static void output_file_names (void);
4190 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
4191 static int is_base_type (tree);
4192 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
4193 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4194 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4195 static int type_is_enum (tree);
4196 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
4197 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
4198 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
4199 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
4200 enum var_init_status);
4201 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
4202 enum var_init_status);
4203 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4204 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
4205 enum var_init_status);
4206 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
4207 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
4208 enum var_init_status);
4209 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
4210 enum var_init_status);
4211 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
4212 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
4213 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
4214 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
4215 static tree field_type (tree);
4216 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
4217 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
4218 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
4219 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
4220 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4222 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4223 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
4224 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4225 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4226 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
4227 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
4228 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
4229 enum dwarf_attribute);
4230 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4231 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
4232 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
4233 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
4234 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
4235 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4236 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4237 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4238 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4239 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4240 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4241 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4242 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4243 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
4244 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4245 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
4246 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4247 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4248 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4249 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4250 static const char *type_tag (tree);
4251 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
4253 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
4255 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4257 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4259 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4260 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4261 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4262 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4263 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4264 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4265 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4266 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4267 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4268 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4269 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4270 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4271 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4272 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4273 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4274 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4275 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4276 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
4277 enum debug_info_usage);
4278 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4279 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4280 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4281 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4282 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4283 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4284 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4285 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4286 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4287 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4288 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4289 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4290 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4291 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
4292 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4293 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4294 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4295 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4296 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4297 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4298 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4299 const char *, const char *,
4301 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4302 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4304 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4305 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4306 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4307 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4308 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4309 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4310 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
4312 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4313 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4314 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4316 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4317 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4319 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4320 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4322 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4323 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4325 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4326 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4328 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4329 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4331 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4332 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4334 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4335 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4337 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4338 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4341 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4342 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4343 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4346 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4347 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4348 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4349 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4352 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4353 the section names themselves. */
4355 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4356 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4358 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4359 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4361 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4362 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4364 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4365 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4367 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4368 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4370 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4371 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4373 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4374 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4376 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4377 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4380 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4381 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4382 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4383 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4384 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4386 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4387 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4388 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4389 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4390 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4391 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4392 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4393 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4394 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4395 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4397 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4398 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4400 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4401 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4403 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4404 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4406 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4407 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4409 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4410 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4412 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4413 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4416 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4417 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4419 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4422 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4424 demangle_name_func = func;
4427 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4430 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4432 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4433 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4434 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4437 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4441 type_main_variant (tree type)
4443 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4445 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4446 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4447 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4448 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4450 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4451 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4452 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4457 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4460 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4462 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4464 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4465 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4468 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4471 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4475 case DW_TAG_padding:
4476 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4477 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4478 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4479 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4480 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4481 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4482 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4483 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4484 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4485 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4486 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4487 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4488 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4490 return "DW_TAG_label";
4491 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4492 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4494 return "DW_TAG_member";
4495 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4496 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4497 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4498 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4499 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4500 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4501 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4502 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4503 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4504 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4505 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4506 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4507 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4508 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4509 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4510 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4511 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4512 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4513 case DW_TAG_variant:
4514 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4515 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4516 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4517 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4518 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4519 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4520 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4521 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4522 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4524 return "DW_TAG_module";
4525 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4526 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4527 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4528 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4529 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4530 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4531 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4532 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4533 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4534 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4535 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4536 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4537 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4538 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4539 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4540 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4541 case DW_TAG_constant:
4542 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4543 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4544 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4545 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4546 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4548 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4549 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4550 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4551 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4552 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4553 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4554 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4555 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4556 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4557 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4558 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4559 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4560 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4561 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4562 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4563 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4564 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4565 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4566 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4567 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4568 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4569 case DW_TAG_variable:
4570 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4571 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4572 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4573 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4574 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4575 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4576 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4577 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4578 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4579 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4580 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4581 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4582 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4583 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4584 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4585 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4586 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4588 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4592 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4595 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4600 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4601 case DW_AT_location:
4602 return "DW_AT_location";
4604 return "DW_AT_name";
4605 case DW_AT_ordering:
4606 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4607 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4608 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4609 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4610 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4611 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4612 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4613 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4614 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4615 case DW_AT_element_list:
4616 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4617 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4618 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4620 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4622 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4623 case DW_AT_language:
4624 return "DW_AT_language";
4626 return "DW_AT_member";
4628 return "DW_AT_discr";
4629 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4630 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4631 case DW_AT_visibility:
4632 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4634 return "DW_AT_import";
4635 case DW_AT_string_length:
4636 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4637 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4638 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4639 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4640 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4641 case DW_AT_const_value:
4642 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4643 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4644 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4645 case DW_AT_default_value:
4646 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4648 return "DW_AT_inline";
4649 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4650 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4651 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4652 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4653 case DW_AT_producer:
4654 return "DW_AT_producer";
4655 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4656 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4657 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4658 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4659 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4660 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4661 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4662 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4663 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4664 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4665 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4666 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4667 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4668 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4669 case DW_AT_address_class:
4670 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4671 case DW_AT_artificial:
4672 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4673 case DW_AT_base_types:
4674 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4675 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4676 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4678 return "DW_AT_count";
4679 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4680 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4681 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4682 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4683 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4684 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4685 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4686 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4687 case DW_AT_declaration:
4688 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4689 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4690 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4691 case DW_AT_encoding:
4692 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4693 case DW_AT_external:
4694 return "DW_AT_external";
4695 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4696 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4698 return "DW_AT_friend";
4699 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4700 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4701 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4702 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4703 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4704 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4705 case DW_AT_priority:
4706 return "DW_AT_priority";
4708 return "DW_AT_segment";
4709 case DW_AT_specification:
4710 return "DW_AT_specification";
4711 case DW_AT_static_link:
4712 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4714 return "DW_AT_type";
4715 case DW_AT_use_location:
4716 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4717 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4718 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4719 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4720 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4721 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4722 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4724 case DW_AT_allocated:
4725 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4726 case DW_AT_associated:
4727 return "DW_AT_associated";
4728 case DW_AT_data_location:
4729 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4731 return "DW_AT_stride";
4732 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4733 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4734 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4735 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4736 case DW_AT_extension:
4737 return "DW_AT_extension";
4739 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4740 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4741 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4742 case DW_AT_call_column:
4743 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4744 case DW_AT_call_file:
4745 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4746 case DW_AT_call_line:
4747 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4749 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4750 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4751 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4752 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4753 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4754 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4755 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4756 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4757 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4758 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4759 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4760 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4761 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4762 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4763 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4764 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4765 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4766 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4767 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4768 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4769 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4770 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4772 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4773 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4774 case DW_AT_src_info:
4775 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4776 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4777 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4778 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4779 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4780 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4781 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4782 case DW_AT_body_end:
4783 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4784 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4785 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4787 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4788 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4791 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4795 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4798 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4803 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4804 case DW_FORM_block2:
4805 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4806 case DW_FORM_block4:
4807 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4809 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4811 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4813 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4814 case DW_FORM_string:
4815 return "DW_FORM_string";
4817 return "DW_FORM_block";
4818 case DW_FORM_block1:
4819 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4821 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4823 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4825 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4827 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4829 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4830 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4831 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4833 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4835 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4837 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4839 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4840 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4841 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4842 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4843 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4845 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4849 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4850 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4851 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4852 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4856 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4858 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4861 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4862 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4863 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4864 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4867 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4868 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4869 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4871 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4874 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4875 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4876 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4877 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4881 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4883 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4885 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4886 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4887 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4888 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4891 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4896 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4900 ret_val = lookahead;
4901 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4902 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4904 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4906 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4907 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4908 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4909 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4910 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4911 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4912 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4913 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4919 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4920 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4924 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4926 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4928 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4929 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4931 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4932 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4934 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4935 context = NULL_TREE;
4940 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
4943 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4945 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4949 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
4950 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
4951 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
4954 static inline enum dw_val_class
4955 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4957 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4960 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4963 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4967 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4968 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4969 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4970 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4973 static inline unsigned
4974 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4976 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4977 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4980 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4983 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4987 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4988 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4989 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4990 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4993 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4994 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4996 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4997 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
5000 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
5003 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5004 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
5008 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5009 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
5010 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
5011 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5014 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5015 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
5017 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
5018 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
5021 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
5024 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5025 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
5029 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5030 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
5031 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
5032 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
5033 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5036 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
5039 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5040 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
5044 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5045 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
5046 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
5047 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
5048 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
5049 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5052 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
5055 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
5057 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
5061 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
5063 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
5064 (const char *)x2) == 0;
5067 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
5070 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
5073 struct indirect_string_node *node;
5076 if (! debug_str_hash)
5077 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
5078 debug_str_eq, NULL);
5080 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
5081 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
5084 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
5085 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
5086 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
5090 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
5094 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5095 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
5096 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
5097 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5100 static inline const char *
5101 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
5103 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
5104 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
5107 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
5108 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
5111 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
5113 struct indirect_string_node *node;
5117 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
5119 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
5123 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
5125 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
5126 always better to put it inline. */
5127 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
5128 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5130 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
5131 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5133 if ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
5134 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
5135 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5137 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
5138 ++dw2_string_counter;
5139 node->label = xstrdup (label);
5141 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
5144 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5147 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5151 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5152 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
5153 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
5154 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
5155 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5158 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5159 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5162 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5164 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
5165 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
5166 targ_die->die_definition = die;
5169 static inline dw_die_ref
5170 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
5172 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5173 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
5177 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
5179 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5180 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
5186 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
5188 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5189 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
5192 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5195 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
5199 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5200 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
5201 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
5202 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5205 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5208 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5212 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5213 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
5214 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
5215 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5218 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5219 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
5221 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
5222 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
5226 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
5230 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5231 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
5232 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
5233 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5234 have_location_lists = true;
5237 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5238 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
5240 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
5241 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
5244 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5247 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
5251 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5252 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
5253 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
5254 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5257 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
5260 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5262 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5263 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5266 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
5269 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5270 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
5274 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5275 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
5276 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
5277 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5280 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
5282 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
5283 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
5285 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
5286 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
5289 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5292 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5296 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5297 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5298 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5299 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5302 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5303 debug_line section. */
5306 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5311 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5312 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
5313 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5314 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5317 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5318 debug_macinfo section. */
5321 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5326 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5327 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
5328 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5329 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5332 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5335 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5336 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5340 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5341 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5342 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5343 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5346 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5349 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5350 long unsigned int offset)
5354 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5355 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5356 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5357 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5360 static inline const char *
5361 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5363 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5364 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5365 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
5366 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5369 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5372 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5376 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5381 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5382 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5384 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5385 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5389 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5394 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5395 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5396 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5398 static inline const char *
5399 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5401 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5403 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5406 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5407 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5408 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5410 static inline const char *
5411 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5413 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5415 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5418 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5419 NULL if it is not present. */
5421 static inline const char *
5422 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5424 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5426 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5429 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5430 if it is not present. */
5433 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5435 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5437 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5440 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5441 if it is not present. */
5443 static inline unsigned
5444 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5446 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5448 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5451 static inline dw_die_ref
5452 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5454 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5456 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5459 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
5460 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5462 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5464 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
5467 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5472 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5474 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89 || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC
5475 || lang == DW_LANG_C99
5476 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus);
5479 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5484 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5486 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
5489 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5494 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5496 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5497 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5498 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5501 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5506 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5508 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5511 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5516 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5518 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5521 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5524 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5532 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5533 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5535 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5536 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5537 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5539 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5541 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
5546 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
5547 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
5550 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
5552 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
5553 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
5556 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
5560 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
5561 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
5562 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
5565 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
5569 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5575 dw_die_ref prev = c;
5577 while (c->die_tag == tag)
5579 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
5580 /* Might have removed every child. */
5581 if (c == c->die_sib)
5585 } while (c != die->die_child);
5588 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
5591 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5593 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
5594 if (! die || ! child_die)
5596 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5598 child_die->die_parent = die;
5601 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
5602 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
5605 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
5606 die->die_child = child_die;
5609 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5610 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
5611 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
5614 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5618 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5619 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5620 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5622 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5628 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5629 || (child->die_parent
5630 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5632 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
5633 if (p->die_sib == child)
5635 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
5639 add_child_die (parent, child);
5642 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5644 static inline dw_die_ref
5645 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5647 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5649 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5651 if (parent_die != NULL)
5652 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5655 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5657 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5658 limbo_node->die = die;
5659 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5660 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5661 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5667 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5669 static inline dw_die_ref
5670 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5672 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5675 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5678 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5680 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5683 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5686 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5688 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5691 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5694 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5696 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5699 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5701 static inline dw_die_ref
5702 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5704 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5707 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5710 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5712 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5715 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5719 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5721 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5724 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5726 static inline var_loc_list *
5727 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5729 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5732 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5735 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5737 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5740 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5742 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5745 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5748 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5750 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5754 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5757 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5758 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5766 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5767 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
5768 we have nothing to do. */
5769 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5770 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5771 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
5772 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc->var_loc_note))
5773 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
5774 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
5775 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc->var_loc_note)
5776 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
5778 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5779 temp->last->next = loc;
5783 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5784 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5791 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5792 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5793 the DIE internal representation. */
5794 static int print_indent;
5796 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5799 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5801 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5804 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5805 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5808 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5814 print_spaces (outfile);
5815 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
5816 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5817 print_spaces (outfile);
5818 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5819 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
5821 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5823 print_spaces (outfile);
5824 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5826 switch (AT_class (a))
5828 case dw_val_class_addr:
5829 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5831 case dw_val_class_offset:
5832 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5834 case dw_val_class_loc:
5835 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5837 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5838 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5839 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5841 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5842 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5844 case dw_val_class_const:
5845 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5847 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5848 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5850 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5851 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5852 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5853 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5855 case dw_val_class_vec:
5856 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5858 case dw_val_class_flag:
5859 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5861 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5862 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5864 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5865 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5867 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5870 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5872 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5873 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5874 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5875 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5877 case dw_val_class_str:
5878 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5879 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5881 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5883 case dw_val_class_file:
5884 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
5885 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
5891 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5894 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5897 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
5900 if (print_indent == 0)
5901 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5904 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5905 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5908 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5911 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5913 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5914 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5916 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5917 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
5918 line_info->dw_file_num,
5919 line_info->dw_line_num);
5922 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5925 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5928 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5930 print_die (die, stderr);
5933 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5934 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5940 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5941 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5942 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5945 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5946 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5947 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5950 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5952 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5953 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5955 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5959 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5962 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5964 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5966 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5970 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5971 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5973 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5976 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5978 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5979 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5980 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5983 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5986 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5988 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5991 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5993 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
5994 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5995 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5998 switch (AT_class (at))
6000 case dw_val_class_const:
6001 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
6003 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6004 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
6006 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6007 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
6009 case dw_val_class_vec:
6010 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
6012 case dw_val_class_flag:
6013 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
6015 case dw_val_class_str:
6016 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
6019 case dw_val_class_addr:
6021 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
6022 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
6025 case dw_val_class_offset:
6026 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6029 case dw_val_class_loc:
6030 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
6031 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
6034 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6035 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
6038 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6039 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6040 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6041 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6044 case dw_val_class_file:
6045 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
6053 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
6056 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
6062 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6065 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
6068 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6070 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
6072 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6073 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
6075 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
6079 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6081 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
6083 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
6085 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
6086 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
6087 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
6090 /* Do the values look the same? */
6092 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
6094 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
6097 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
6100 switch (v1->val_class)
6102 case dw_val_class_const:
6103 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
6104 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6105 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
6106 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6107 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
6108 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
6109 case dw_val_class_vec:
6110 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
6111 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
6113 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
6114 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
6117 case dw_val_class_flag:
6118 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
6119 case dw_val_class_str:
6120 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
6122 case dw_val_class_addr:
6123 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
6124 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
6125 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
6127 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
6128 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
6130 case dw_val_class_offset:
6131 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
6133 case dw_val_class_loc:
6134 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
6136 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
6137 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
6139 return !loc1 && !loc2;
6141 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6142 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
6144 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6145 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6146 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6147 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6150 case dw_val_class_file:
6151 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
6158 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6161 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
6163 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6166 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6167 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6168 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6171 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6174 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6177 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6183 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6185 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6186 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6188 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6191 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
6192 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
6195 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
6196 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
6199 c1 = die1->die_child;
6200 c2 = die2->die_child;
6209 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6213 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
6215 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
6225 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6228 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6231 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6233 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6234 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6239 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6241 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6243 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6244 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6246 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6247 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6250 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6252 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6253 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6254 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
6257 unsigned char checksum[16];
6260 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6261 the name filename of the unit. */
6263 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6265 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6266 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6267 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6269 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6270 clean_symbol_name (name);
6272 p = name + strlen (name);
6273 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6275 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6279 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6280 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6283 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6286 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6288 switch (die->die_tag)
6290 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6291 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6292 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6293 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6294 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6295 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6296 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6297 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6298 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6299 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6300 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6301 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6302 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6303 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6304 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6305 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6306 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6307 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6314 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6315 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6316 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6317 compilations (functions). */
6320 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6322 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6323 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6324 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6325 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6327 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6330 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6331 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6332 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6333 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6335 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6337 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6340 return is_type_die (c);
6343 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6344 compilation unit. */
6347 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6349 return (is_type_die (c)
6350 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6351 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification))
6352 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
6356 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6360 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6361 return xstrdup (buf);
6364 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6367 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6371 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6373 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6375 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6377 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6378 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6379 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6382 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6385 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
6388 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6391 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6392 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6395 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6397 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6399 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6401 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6405 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6407 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6408 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6410 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6414 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6416 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6426 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6429 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6431 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6432 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6434 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6436 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6437 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6441 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6443 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6449 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6453 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
6455 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6456 entry->next = *slot;
6462 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6464 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6466 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6468 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6469 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6473 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6476 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6477 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6478 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6481 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6484 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6485 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6486 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6490 dw_die_ref prev = c;
6492 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6493 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6495 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
6497 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6498 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
6500 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6501 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6502 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6503 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6505 add_child_die (unit, c);
6507 if (c == die->die_child)
6510 } while (c != die->die_child);
6513 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6514 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6518 assign_symbol_names (die);
6519 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6520 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6526 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6527 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6528 &comdat_symbol_number);
6529 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6531 *pnode = node->next;
6534 pnode = &node->next;
6535 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6536 comdat_symbol_number);
6539 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6542 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6543 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6544 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6547 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6551 if (! die->die_child)
6554 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
6555 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6557 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
6560 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6563 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6569 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6570 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6571 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
6573 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
6576 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6577 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6578 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6579 die are visited recursively. */
6582 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6584 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6585 unsigned int n_alloc;
6590 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6591 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6592 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6593 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6594 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
6596 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
6598 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
6601 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6603 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6604 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
6608 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
6610 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
6613 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
6614 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
6617 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
6619 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
6620 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
6621 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
6631 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6633 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6635 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6636 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6637 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6639 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6640 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6641 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6644 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6645 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6648 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6649 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
6652 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6655 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6662 log = floor_log2 (value);
6665 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6670 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6671 .debug_info section. */
6673 static unsigned long
6674 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6676 unsigned long size = 0;
6680 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6681 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6683 switch (AT_class (a))
6685 case dw_val_class_addr:
6686 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6688 case dw_val_class_offset:
6689 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6691 case dw_val_class_loc:
6693 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6696 size += constant_size (lsize);
6700 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6701 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6703 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6704 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6706 case dw_val_class_const:
6707 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6709 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6710 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6712 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6713 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6715 case dw_val_class_vec:
6716 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6717 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6719 case dw_val_class_flag:
6722 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6723 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6724 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6726 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6728 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6729 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6731 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6732 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6734 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6735 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6736 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6738 case dw_val_class_str:
6739 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6740 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6742 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6744 case dw_val_class_file:
6745 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
6755 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6756 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6757 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6758 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6761 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6765 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6766 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6768 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
6770 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6771 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6772 next_die_offset += 1;
6775 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6776 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6777 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6778 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6781 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6785 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6788 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
6791 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6794 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6798 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6801 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
6804 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6807 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6817 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
6819 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6820 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6821 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6824 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
6825 generated for the compilation unit. */
6827 static unsigned long
6828 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
6834 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6835 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
6836 if (names != pubtype_table
6837 || p->die->die_offset != 0
6838 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
6839 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
6841 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6845 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6847 static unsigned long
6848 size_of_aranges (void)
6852 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6854 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6855 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6856 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6858 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6859 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6863 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6865 static enum dwarf_form
6866 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6868 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6870 case dw_val_class_addr:
6871 return DW_FORM_addr;
6872 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6873 case dw_val_class_offset:
6874 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6875 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6878 return DW_FORM_data4;
6880 return DW_FORM_data8;
6884 case dw_val_class_loc:
6885 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6888 return DW_FORM_block1;
6890 return DW_FORM_block2;
6894 case dw_val_class_const:
6895 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6896 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6897 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6900 return DW_FORM_data1;
6902 return DW_FORM_data2;
6904 return DW_FORM_data4;
6906 return DW_FORM_data8;
6910 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6911 return DW_FORM_block1;
6912 case dw_val_class_vec:
6913 return DW_FORM_block1;
6914 case dw_val_class_flag:
6915 return DW_FORM_flag;
6916 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6917 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6918 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6921 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6922 return DW_FORM_data;
6923 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6924 return DW_FORM_addr;
6925 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6926 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6927 return DW_FORM_data;
6928 case dw_val_class_str:
6929 return AT_string_form (a);
6930 case dw_val_class_file:
6931 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
6934 return DW_FORM_data1;
6936 return DW_FORM_data2;
6938 return DW_FORM_data4;
6948 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6951 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6953 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6955 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6958 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6962 output_abbrev_section (void)
6964 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6966 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6968 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6972 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6973 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6974 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6976 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6979 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6981 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
6984 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6985 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6986 output_value_format (a_attr);
6989 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6990 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6993 /* Terminate the table. */
6994 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6997 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
7000 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
7002 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
7007 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
7008 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
7009 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
7011 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
7013 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
7016 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
7017 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
7018 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
7020 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7021 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
7022 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
7024 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
7026 retlist->begin = begin;
7028 retlist->expr = expr;
7029 retlist->section = section;
7031 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
7036 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
7039 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
7040 const char *begin, const char *end,
7041 const char *section)
7045 /* Find the end of the chain. */
7046 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
7049 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
7050 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
7054 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
7060 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
7061 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = true;
7062 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = cfun->hot_section_label;
7063 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = cfun->hot_section_end_label;
7064 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
7065 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = cfun->cold_section_end_label;
7066 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
7068 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
7069 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
7070 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
7073 /* Output the location list given to us. */
7076 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
7078 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
7080 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
7082 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
7083 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
7086 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
7087 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
7089 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7091 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
7092 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7093 list_head->ll_symbol);
7094 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
7095 "Location list end address (%s)",
7096 list_head->ll_symbol);
7100 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
7101 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7102 list_head->ll_symbol);
7103 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
7104 "Location list end address (%s)",
7105 list_head->ll_symbol);
7107 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
7109 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7110 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
7111 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
7113 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
7116 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
7117 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
7118 list_head->ll_symbol);
7119 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
7120 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
7121 list_head->ll_symbol);
7124 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
7125 the definitions of each child DIE. */
7128 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
7135 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
7136 them to point to. */
7137 if (die->die_symbol)
7138 output_die_symbol (die);
7140 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
7141 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
7142 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7144 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7146 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
7148 switch (AT_class (a))
7150 case dw_val_class_addr:
7151 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
7154 case dw_val_class_offset:
7155 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
7159 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7161 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
7163 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
7164 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
7165 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
7166 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
7171 case dw_val_class_loc:
7172 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
7174 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7175 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
7177 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
7180 case dw_val_class_const:
7181 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7182 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7183 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7184 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
7187 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7188 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
7189 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
7192 case dw_val_class_long_long:
7194 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
7196 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7197 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7200 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
7202 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7203 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7207 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7208 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7211 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7212 first, "long long constant");
7213 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7218 case dw_val_class_vec:
7220 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
7221 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
7225 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
7226 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
7231 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
7234 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
7235 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
7239 case dw_val_class_flag:
7240 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
7243 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7245 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
7248 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
7253 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7254 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7256 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
7259 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, debug_info_section,
7264 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7265 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
7270 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7274 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
7275 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
7276 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
7281 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7282 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7285 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7286 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
7287 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
7290 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7291 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
7292 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
7295 case dw_val_class_str:
7296 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7297 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7298 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
7300 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
7302 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7305 case dw_val_class_file:
7307 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
7309 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
7310 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
7319 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
7321 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7322 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7323 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7324 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
7327 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7328 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7331 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7333 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7334 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7335 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7336 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7337 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7338 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7339 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7340 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7341 debug_abbrev_section,
7342 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7343 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7346 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7349 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7351 const char *secname;
7354 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7355 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7358 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7359 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7360 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7361 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7362 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7365 build_abbrev_table (die);
7367 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7368 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7369 calc_die_sizes (die);
7371 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7374 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7376 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7378 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7379 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7382 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
7384 /* Output debugging information. */
7385 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7388 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7393 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7397 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
7400 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7402 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7405 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7408 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7412 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7416 e.name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7417 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
7420 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
7423 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7428 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
7429 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
7430 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
7435 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
7437 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
7438 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
7439 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
7440 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
7441 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
7443 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
7447 e.name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7449 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
7451 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
7452 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
7456 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7457 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
7460 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
7463 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
7466 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7467 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7468 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7469 if (names == pubname_table)
7470 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7471 "Length of Public Names Info");
7473 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7474 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
7475 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7476 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7478 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7479 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7480 "Compilation Unit Length");
7482 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
7484 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7485 if (names == pubname_table)
7486 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7488 if (names != pubtype_table
7489 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
7490 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
7492 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7495 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7499 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7502 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7505 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7507 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7510 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7512 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7513 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7514 (arange_table_allocated
7515 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7516 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7517 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7520 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7523 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7524 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7525 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7528 output_aranges (void)
7531 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7533 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7534 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7535 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7536 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7537 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7538 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7539 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7541 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7542 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7543 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7545 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7546 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7548 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7550 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7551 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7552 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7553 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7556 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7557 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7558 text_section_label, "Length");
7559 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
7561 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
7563 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
7564 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
7567 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7569 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7571 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7572 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7574 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7576 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7578 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7579 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7583 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7584 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7585 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7586 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7587 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7589 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7592 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7594 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7595 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7596 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7597 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7602 /* Output the terminator words. */
7603 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7604 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7607 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7611 add_ranges_num (int num)
7613 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7615 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7617 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7619 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7620 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7621 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7622 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7625 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
7626 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7628 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7631 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
7632 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
7635 add_ranges (tree block)
7637 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7640 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
7644 add_ranges_by_labels (const char *begin, const char *end)
7646 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
7648 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
7650 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7652 = ggc_realloc (ranges_by_label,
7653 (ranges_by_label_allocated
7654 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct)));
7655 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
7656 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
7657 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
7660 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
7661 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
7662 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
7664 return add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
7668 output_ranges (void)
7671 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7672 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7674 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7676 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
7680 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7681 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7683 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7684 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7686 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7687 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7688 base of the text section. */
7689 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7691 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7693 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7694 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7695 text_section_label, NULL);
7698 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
7699 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
7700 about whether the target supports cross-section
7704 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7705 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7706 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7712 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
7713 else if (block_num < 0)
7715 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
7717 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7721 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
7722 function section, all we have to do is to take out
7724 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7725 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
7727 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7728 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7729 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
7730 text_section_label, NULL);
7735 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7736 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
7737 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7738 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7739 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
7745 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7746 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7752 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7755 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7756 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
7757 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7758 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7759 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7762 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7766 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7767 int length; /* Path length. */
7768 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7769 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7770 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7773 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7774 the directories in the path. */
7777 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7779 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7780 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7784 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7785 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7786 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7787 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7788 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7789 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7790 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7792 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7793 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7799 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7800 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7801 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7802 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7803 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7805 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7806 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7811 struct file_name_acquire_data
7813 struct file_info *files;
7818 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
7821 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
7823 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = data;
7824 struct dwarf_file_data *d = *slot;
7825 struct file_info *fi;
7828 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
7830 if (! d->emitted_number)
7833 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
7835 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
7837 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7839 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
7842 /* Create a new array entry. */
7844 fi->length = strlen (f);
7847 /* Search for the file name part. */
7848 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
7849 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
7851 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
7855 if (f == NULL || f < g)
7861 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
7865 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7866 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7867 slowdowns with many input files. */
7870 output_file_names (void)
7872 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
7874 struct file_info *files;
7875 struct dir_info *dirs;
7884 if (!last_emitted_file)
7886 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7887 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7891 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
7893 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7894 files = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (struct file_info));
7895 dirs = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7898 fnad.used_files = 0;
7899 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
7900 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
7901 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
7903 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7905 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7906 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
7907 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
7908 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7910 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7911 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
7914 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
7915 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7916 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7917 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7919 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7920 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7921 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7927 /* This is a new directory. */
7928 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7929 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7930 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7931 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7932 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7934 /* Search for a prefix. */
7935 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7936 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7937 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7938 && dirs[j].length > 1
7939 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7940 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7941 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7942 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7947 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7948 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7949 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7950 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7951 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7952 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7953 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7954 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7956 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7957 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7962 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7963 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7964 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7965 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7967 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7970 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7972 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7977 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7982 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
7983 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7985 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7986 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7991 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7993 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7995 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7996 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7997 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7999 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
8000 saved[j] = savehere[j];
8002 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
8003 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
8008 /* Emit the directory name table. */
8010 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
8011 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
8012 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
8013 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset);
8015 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
8017 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
8018 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
8019 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
8020 backmap = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (int));
8021 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
8022 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
8024 /* Now write all the file names. */
8025 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
8027 int file_idx = backmap[i];
8028 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
8030 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
8031 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
8033 /* Include directory index. */
8034 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
8036 /* Modification time. */
8037 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
8039 /* File length in bytes. */
8040 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
8043 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
8047 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
8048 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
8051 output_line_info (void)
8053 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
8054 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8055 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8058 unsigned long lt_index;
8059 unsigned long current_line;
8062 unsigned long current_file;
8063 unsigned long function;
8065 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
8066 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
8067 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
8068 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
8070 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
8071 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8072 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8073 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
8074 "Length of Source Line Info");
8075 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
8077 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
8078 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
8079 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
8081 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
8082 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
8083 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
8084 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
8085 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
8086 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
8087 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
8088 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
8089 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
8090 "Minimum Instruction Length");
8092 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
8093 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
8094 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
8095 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
8096 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
8097 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
8098 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
8099 "Special Opcode Base");
8101 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
8105 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
8106 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
8107 case DW_LNS_set_file:
8108 case DW_LNS_set_column:
8109 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
8117 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
8121 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
8122 output_file_names ();
8123 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
8125 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
8126 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
8127 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
8129 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
8130 a series of state machine operations. */
8134 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
8135 strcpy (prev_line_label, cfun->cold_section_label);
8137 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
8138 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
8140 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
8143 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
8144 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
8147 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
8148 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
8149 that anything after the last address is this line. */
8150 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
8151 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
8155 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
8157 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
8158 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
8159 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
8160 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
8161 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
8162 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
8164 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
8167 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
8168 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8169 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8170 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8174 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
8175 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
8176 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8177 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8178 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8179 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8182 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
8184 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8185 different from the previous line. */
8186 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8188 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8189 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8190 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
8193 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8194 that uses the least amount of space. */
8195 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8197 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8198 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8199 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8200 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8201 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
8202 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
8204 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8205 "line %lu", current_line);
8208 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
8209 depending on the value being encoded. */
8210 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8211 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8212 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8213 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8217 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
8218 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8221 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8224 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8225 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8226 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8230 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8231 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8232 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8233 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
8236 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8237 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8238 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8243 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
8245 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
8246 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
8249 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
8250 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
8251 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
8252 && line_info->function == function)
8256 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
8257 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
8258 to handle it differently. */
8259 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
8261 if (function != line_info->function)
8263 function = line_info->function;
8265 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
8266 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8267 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8268 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8269 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8273 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
8276 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8277 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8278 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8282 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8283 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8284 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8285 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8289 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
8291 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8292 different from the previous line. */
8293 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8295 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8296 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8297 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
8300 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8301 that uses the least amount of space. */
8302 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8304 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8305 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8306 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8307 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8308 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8309 "line %lu", current_line);
8312 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8313 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8314 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8315 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8319 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8327 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8328 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
8329 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
8334 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8335 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
8338 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8339 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8340 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8344 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8345 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8346 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8347 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8350 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8351 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8352 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8353 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8357 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8358 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
8361 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8362 a DIE that describes the given type.
8364 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8365 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8368 base_type_die (tree type)
8370 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
8371 enum dwarf_type encoding;
8373 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
8376 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8379 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
8381 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8382 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
8384 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
8386 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8387 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
8389 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
8393 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
8394 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
8396 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
8399 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8400 a user defined type for it. */
8402 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
8403 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
8405 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
8409 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8410 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
8414 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8418 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8420 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
8421 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
8422 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
8424 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
8425 int_size_in_bytes (type));
8426 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8428 return base_type_result;
8431 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8432 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8435 is_base_type (tree type)
8437 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8450 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8455 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8468 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8469 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8470 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8471 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8474 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8475 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8477 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8478 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8479 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8481 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8482 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8484 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8487 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8488 emitted as a subrange type. */
8491 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8493 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8495 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8496 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8497 or an enumeral type. */
8499 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8500 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8503 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8504 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8507 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8508 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8509 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8510 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8511 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8512 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8513 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8514 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8516 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8517 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8518 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8519 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8520 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8521 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8522 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8523 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8524 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8525 keep checking the actual size. */
8526 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8527 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8529 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8530 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8532 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8533 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8535 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8542 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8543 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8546 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8548 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8549 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8551 if (context_die == NULL)
8552 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8554 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8556 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
8558 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8559 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8560 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8563 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8564 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8565 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8566 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8567 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8568 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8570 return subrange_die;
8573 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8574 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8577 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8578 dw_die_ref context_die)
8580 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8581 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
8582 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8583 tree item_type = NULL;
8584 tree qualified_type;
8587 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
8590 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8593 = get_qualified_type (type,
8594 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8595 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8597 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8600 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8602 return mod_type_die;
8605 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
8607 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8608 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
8610 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
8612 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8614 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8615 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8616 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8618 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8619 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
8620 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8621 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
8622 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
8623 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8624 type to which it refers. */
8625 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
8626 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8628 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8633 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8634 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8636 else if (is_volatile_type)
8638 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8639 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8641 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8643 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8644 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8645 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8646 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8648 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8650 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8651 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8652 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8653 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8655 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8657 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8658 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8660 else if (is_base_type (type))
8661 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8664 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8666 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8667 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8668 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8669 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8670 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8672 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8673 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8675 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8676 not the main variant. */
8677 return lookup_type_die (type);
8680 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
8681 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
8682 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. */
8684 && (TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL || TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type))
8686 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8687 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
8688 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
8689 useful source coordinates anyway. */
8690 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8691 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8695 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
8698 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8699 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8700 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8701 types are possible in Ada. */
8702 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8703 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8704 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8707 if (sub_die != NULL)
8708 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8710 return mod_type_die;
8713 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8714 an enumerated type. */
8717 type_is_enum (tree type)
8719 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8722 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8725 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8727 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8729 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8731 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8732 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8734 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
8736 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
8740 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8743 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8744 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8745 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8748 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
8750 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8752 if (*list_head != NULL)
8754 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8755 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8758 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
8759 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
8763 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8764 zero if there is none. */
8766 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8767 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
8771 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8774 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8776 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
8777 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
8779 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
8782 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8783 a given hard register number. */
8785 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8786 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
8788 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
8790 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8792 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8794 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8795 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
8797 return reg_loc_descr;
8800 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8801 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8803 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8804 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
8805 enum var_init_status initialized)
8809 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8812 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8813 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8815 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
8817 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
8820 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8821 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8823 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8824 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8826 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8833 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
8834 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
8835 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8836 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8842 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8844 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8846 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8849 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8853 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
8854 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
8855 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8856 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8857 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8860 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8861 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
8865 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8867 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8868 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8870 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8872 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8873 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8877 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8880 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8882 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8892 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8894 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8895 || i >= -0x80000000)
8901 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8904 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8906 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8907 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
8908 enum var_init_status initialized)
8911 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
8913 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8914 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8915 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8916 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8917 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
8919 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
8923 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
8925 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
8926 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
8928 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8929 : stack_pointer_rtx));
8930 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
8932 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8936 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
8938 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + regno, offset, 0);
8940 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
8942 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8943 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
8948 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8951 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8953 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8954 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8955 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8956 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8959 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N locations
8960 used to form the address of a memory location. */
8962 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8963 concatn_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum machine_mode mode,
8964 enum var_init_status initialized)
8967 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8968 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
8970 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
8972 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
8973 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
8975 ref = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
8979 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
8980 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
8983 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8984 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
8986 return cc_loc_result;
8989 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8990 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8991 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8992 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8994 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8995 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8996 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8997 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8999 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
9000 autoincrement addressing modes.
9002 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
9003 location list for RTL.
9005 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
9007 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9008 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
9009 enum var_init_status initialized)
9011 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
9012 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9014 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
9015 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
9016 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
9017 zeroth element of the array. */
9019 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
9021 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9026 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
9027 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
9029 /* ... fall through ... */
9032 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
9033 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
9034 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
9035 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
9036 contains the given subreg. */
9037 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9039 /* ... fall through ... */
9042 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
9043 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
9044 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
9045 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
9046 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
9047 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
9048 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
9049 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
9050 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
9051 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
9052 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
9053 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
9054 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
9055 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
9056 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9060 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
9061 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9062 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
9063 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
9067 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
9069 /* ... fall through ... */
9072 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
9073 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
9077 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
9078 by a different symbol. */
9079 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
9082 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
9084 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
9087 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
9088 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
9093 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
9094 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
9095 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
9096 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
9101 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9102 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9103 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9104 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
9108 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
9110 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
9115 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
9117 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
9118 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
9119 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
9120 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
9122 /* ... fall through ... */
9126 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
9127 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
9128 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
9129 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9132 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
9133 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9134 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
9137 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
9138 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
9139 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
9140 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9141 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
9144 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
9145 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
9146 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED));
9147 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
9148 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9153 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
9154 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
9173 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
9174 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9175 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
9176 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9178 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
9181 mem_loc_result = op0;
9182 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
9183 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9188 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
9192 mem_loc_result = concatn_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode,
9193 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9200 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
9201 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
9203 return mem_loc_result;
9206 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
9207 This is typically a complex variable. */
9209 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9210 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
9212 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
9213 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9214 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9216 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
9219 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
9220 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
9222 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
9223 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
9225 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
9226 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
9228 return cc_loc_result;
9231 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
9234 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9235 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
9238 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
9239 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
9241 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
9243 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
9244 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
9246 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9250 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
9251 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
9254 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
9255 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
9257 return cc_loc_result;
9260 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
9261 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
9262 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
9263 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
9264 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
9266 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
9268 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9269 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
9271 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
9273 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9276 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
9277 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
9278 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
9279 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
9280 contains the given subreg. */
9281 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
9283 /* ... fall through ... */
9286 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
9290 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
9295 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
9300 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
9305 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
9307 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0), initialized);
9311 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
9316 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
9317 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
9318 enum machine_mode mode;
9321 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9322 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
9324 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9325 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
9326 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
9328 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
9330 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
9332 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
9333 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9334 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
9346 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
9347 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
9348 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
9349 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
9350 the value of LOC. */
9352 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9353 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
9355 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
9356 int have_address = 0;
9357 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9359 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
9360 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
9363 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
9368 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
9369 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9370 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9371 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9372 the names of types. */
9378 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
9379 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
9380 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
9381 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
9382 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9386 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9390 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9391 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
9394 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
9398 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9399 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
9402 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9403 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9404 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
9407 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9408 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9413 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9414 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9417 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
9418 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9419 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9421 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
9422 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9430 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
9431 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
9438 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9440 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9442 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
9444 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9445 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
9446 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
9447 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
9449 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
9451 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9453 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9454 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9455 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9459 enum machine_mode mode;
9461 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9462 if (want_address == 2)
9463 return loc_descriptor (rtl, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9465 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9468 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9471 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9477 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9482 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
9486 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9487 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9489 case GIMPLE_MODIFY_STMT:
9490 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (GENERIC_TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
9496 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
9499 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
9500 enum machine_mode mode;
9502 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9504 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
9505 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
9510 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
9512 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
9515 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
9517 /* Variable offset. */
9518 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
9519 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9522 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9524 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9525 else if (bytepos < 0)
9527 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9528 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9536 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9537 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9544 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9545 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9546 enum machine_mode mode;
9548 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9550 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9551 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9552 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9557 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9558 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9563 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9569 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9574 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9576 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9577 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9585 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9587 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9588 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9601 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9604 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
9606 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9607 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9609 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9613 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9614 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9615 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9625 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9632 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9639 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9646 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9661 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9662 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9663 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9666 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9667 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9670 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9684 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9688 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9694 const enum tree_code code =
9695 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9697 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9698 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9699 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9700 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9703 /* ... fall through ... */
9707 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9708 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9709 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9710 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9711 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9713 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9714 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9717 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9718 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9720 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9721 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9722 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9724 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9725 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9726 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9728 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9729 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9730 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9731 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9732 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9736 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9740 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9741 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9742 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9743 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9746 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9747 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9748 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9751 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9752 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9757 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9758 if (want_address && !have_address)
9761 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9762 if (!want_address && have_address && ret)
9764 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9766 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9768 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9771 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9773 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9779 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9780 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9782 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9785 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9786 which is not less than the value itself. */
9788 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9789 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9791 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9794 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9795 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9796 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9800 field_type (tree decl)
9804 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9805 return integer_type_node;
9807 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9808 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9809 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9814 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9815 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9816 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9818 static inline unsigned
9819 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9821 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9824 static inline unsigned
9825 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9827 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9830 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
9832 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9833 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
9835 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
9836 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
9837 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
9838 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
9839 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
9845 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
9848 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9849 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9850 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9851 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9852 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9855 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9856 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9858 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9859 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9861 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9864 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9866 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9867 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9868 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9869 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9872 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9874 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
9875 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
9878 tree field_size_tree;
9879 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9880 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9881 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9882 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9883 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9885 type = field_type (decl);
9886 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9888 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9889 a flexible array member. */
9890 if (! field_size_tree)
9891 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9893 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9894 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9895 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9897 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9899 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9900 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9901 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9903 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
9904 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
9905 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
9906 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
9907 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
9908 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
9909 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
9910 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
9911 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9913 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9915 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
9916 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
9917 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
9918 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
9919 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
9920 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
9921 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
9922 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
9923 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
9924 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
9925 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
9927 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
9928 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
9929 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
9930 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
9931 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
9932 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
9933 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
9934 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9935 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
9936 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
9939 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
9940 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
9941 must have believed that the containing object started (within
9942 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
9943 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
9944 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
9945 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9947 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
9948 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9949 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9951 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
9952 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
9954 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9956 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
9958 object_offset_in_bits
9959 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
9961 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9963 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9965 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9966 object_offset_in_bits
9967 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
9972 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
9974 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9977 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9978 associated with them. */
9980 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9982 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9983 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9984 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9987 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9988 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9991 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9994 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9995 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9996 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9997 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9998 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9999 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
10002 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10003 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10004 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10005 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
10006 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
10007 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
10008 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
10009 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
10010 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
10011 function below.) */
10014 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10016 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
10017 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
10019 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
10021 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
10022 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
10024 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
10025 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
10026 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
10027 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
10029 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
10031 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
10033 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
10035 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
10036 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
10037 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10039 /* Extract the vtable address. */
10040 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
10041 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10043 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
10044 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
10045 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
10047 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
10048 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10049 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
10050 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10052 /* Extract the offset. */
10053 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
10054 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10056 /* Add it to the object address. */
10057 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
10058 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10061 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
10064 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
10068 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
10070 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
10071 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
10072 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
10074 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10075 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
10076 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
10080 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
10083 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
10086 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
10089 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
10092 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
10096 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
10102 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
10104 static HOST_WIDE_INT
10105 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
10107 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
10113 val |= *--src & 0xff;
10119 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
10122 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
10124 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
10128 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
10129 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
10131 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
10132 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
10134 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
10139 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
10140 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
10141 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
10142 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
10143 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
10146 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
10148 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
10152 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
10155 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
10157 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
10162 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
10163 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
10164 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
10165 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
10167 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
10169 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
10171 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
10172 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
10174 insert_float (rtl, array);
10175 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
10179 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
10180 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
10182 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
10183 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
10190 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
10191 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
10192 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
10193 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
10197 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
10199 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
10200 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
10202 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
10203 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
10205 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
10213 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
10214 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
10218 gcc_unreachable ();
10221 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10222 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
10225 unsigned char *p0 = p;
10226 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
10228 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
10229 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10234 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
10235 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
10240 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
10241 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
10243 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
10244 insert_float (elt, p);
10249 gcc_unreachable ();
10252 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
10257 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
10263 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
10264 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
10268 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
10269 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
10270 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
10271 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
10272 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
10273 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
10274 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
10275 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
10276 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
10277 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
10278 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
10282 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
10283 gcc_unreachable ();
10288 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
10289 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
10292 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
10293 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10295 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! GIMPLE_STMT_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
10296 *walk_subtrees = 0;
10298 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
10299 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
10301 else if (!flag_unit_at_a_time)
10303 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
10304 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
10305 gcc_unreachable ();
10306 else if (DECL_P (*tp) && TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
10308 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
10312 else if (DECL_P (*tp) && TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
10313 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
10315 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node (*tp);
10323 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
10324 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
10327 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
10329 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
10331 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
10332 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
10333 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10335 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
10336 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10337 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
10339 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
10341 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
10342 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
10343 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
10344 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
10345 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
10346 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
10347 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
10349 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
10351 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
10353 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
10354 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
10355 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
10357 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
10358 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
10359 reference variables which won't be output. */
10360 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
10361 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
10363 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
10365 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
10366 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
10372 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
10375 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
10379 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
10380 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
10381 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
10383 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
10384 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
10385 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
10386 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
10387 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
10388 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
10389 referenced within the function.
10391 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
10392 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
10393 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
10394 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
10396 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
10397 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
10398 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
10399 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
10400 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
10401 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
10403 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
10404 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
10405 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
10406 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
10407 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
10408 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
10409 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
10410 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
10411 output at debug-time.
10413 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
10414 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
10415 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
10416 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10417 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10418 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
10419 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
10420 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
10421 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10422 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10423 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10424 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10425 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10427 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10428 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10429 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10430 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10431 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10432 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10433 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10434 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10435 I'd like to fix it.
10437 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10438 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10439 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10440 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10441 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10442 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10443 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10444 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10445 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10446 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10447 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10449 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10450 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
10452 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10453 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10454 fixed registers. */
10455 if (! reload_completed)
10458 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
10460 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
10462 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10463 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
10465 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10470 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
10472 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
10474 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10475 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
10476 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
10477 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
10479 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10480 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10481 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10482 if (dmode == pmode)
10483 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10484 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
10485 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10486 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10488 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10491 else if (MEM_P (inc))
10493 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10494 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
10495 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10496 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
10503 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10504 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10505 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10506 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10507 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10508 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10510 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
10511 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
10512 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10513 /* Not passed in memory. */
10514 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10515 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10516 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10517 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10518 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10519 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10520 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10523 /* Big endian correction check. */
10524 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10525 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
10526 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
10529 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
10530 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
10532 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10533 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
10536 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10539 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
10540 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10542 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
10543 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
10545 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10546 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10547 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10548 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10549 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10550 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10552 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10553 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
10556 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10557 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10558 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10559 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10560 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
10563 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10565 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10566 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10567 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10569 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
10574 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10575 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10576 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10577 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10578 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10579 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10581 static const char *
10582 secname_for_decl (tree decl)
10584 const char *secname;
10586 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10588 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10589 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10591 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10593 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10594 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10596 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
10597 secname = cfun->cold_section_label;
10599 secname = text_section_label;
10604 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10605 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10606 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10607 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10608 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10609 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10610 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10611 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10612 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10613 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10616 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10617 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10620 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10621 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10622 struct var_loc_node *node;
10623 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10626 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10627 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10629 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10630 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10632 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10634 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10636 const char *endname, *secname;
10637 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10639 enum var_init_status initialized;
10641 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10642 actually construct the list of locations.
10643 The first location information is what is passed to the
10644 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10645 locations just get added on to that list.
10646 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10647 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10648 the range [current location start, next location start].
10649 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10650 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10652 node = loc_list->first;
10653 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10654 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
10656 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note))
10657 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
10659 initialized = VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED;
10661 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc, initialized),
10662 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10665 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10666 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10668 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10669 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10670 enum var_init_status initialized =
10671 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
10672 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10673 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
10674 loc_descriptor (varloc, initialized),
10675 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10678 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10679 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10680 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10682 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10683 enum var_init_status initialized =
10684 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
10686 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10687 if (!current_function_decl)
10688 endname = text_end_label;
10691 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10692 current_function_funcdef_no);
10693 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10695 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
10696 loc_descriptor (varloc, initialized),
10697 node->label, endname, secname);
10700 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10701 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10705 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10708 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10709 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10711 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10715 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10716 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10717 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10718 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10720 enum var_init_status status;
10721 node = loc_list->first;
10722 status = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
10723 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note), status);
10726 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10731 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10732 description from the tree. */
10733 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10736 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10739 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
10740 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
10741 tree_add_const_value_attribute (die, decl);
10744 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10745 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10746 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10749 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10751 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10752 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10755 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init)
10760 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
10762 add_const_value_attribute (var_die, rtl);
10765 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
10766 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
10767 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
10768 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
10771 static dw_loc_list_ref
10772 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
10775 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
10777 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
10778 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
10780 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
10782 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
10786 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
10787 next_cfa.offset = 0;
10788 next_cfa.indirect = 0;
10789 next_cfa.base_offset = 0;
10791 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
10793 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10794 advance opcodes. */
10795 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10796 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10798 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10799 last_label = start_label;
10801 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10802 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
10804 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
10805 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
10806 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
10807 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
10808 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10810 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
10811 start_label, last_label, section,
10814 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10815 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10816 start_label = last_label;
10818 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
10821 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
10822 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10823 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
10824 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
10825 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10826 if it were to be required. */
10827 gcc_unreachable ();
10830 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10834 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10836 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
10837 start_label, last_label, section,
10839 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10840 start_label = last_label;
10842 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
10843 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section,
10849 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
10850 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
10851 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
10852 before the latter is negated. */
10855 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
10859 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10860 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
10861 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10863 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
10864 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10867 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
10868 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
10870 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
10871 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
10873 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10874 : stack_pointer_rtx));
10876 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
10879 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10880 the value of the attribute. */
10883 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10885 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10887 if (demangle_name_func)
10888 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10890 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10894 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10897 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10899 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10901 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10904 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10905 a representation for that bound. */
10908 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10910 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10915 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10917 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10918 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10919 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10920 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10921 /* Use the default. */
10924 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10929 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10930 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10931 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10941 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10943 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10944 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10945 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10946 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10947 later parameter. */
10948 if (decl_die != NULL)
10949 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10955 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10956 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10958 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10959 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10961 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10965 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10966 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10968 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10970 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10971 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10972 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10973 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10975 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10981 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10982 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10985 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10987 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10988 unsigned dimension_number;
10991 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10993 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10994 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10995 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10996 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10997 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10998 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10999 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
11000 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
11002 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11003 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11004 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11005 gen_array_type_die. */
11006 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11007 for (dimension_number = 0;
11008 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
11009 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
11012 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
11014 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
11015 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
11017 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
11020 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
11021 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
11022 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
11024 /* Define the index type. */
11025 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
11027 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
11028 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
11029 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
11030 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
11031 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
11032 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
11033 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
11036 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
11040 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
11041 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
11043 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
11044 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
11045 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
11047 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
11049 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
11052 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
11053 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
11059 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
11063 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
11068 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11071 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11072 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
11075 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
11076 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
11077 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
11078 even for bit-fields. */
11079 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
11082 gcc_unreachable ();
11085 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
11086 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
11087 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
11088 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
11089 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
11092 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
11093 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
11094 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
11097 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
11098 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
11099 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
11100 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
11101 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
11102 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
11104 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
11105 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
11106 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
11109 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11111 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
11112 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
11113 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
11114 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
11115 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
11116 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
11118 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
11119 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
11121 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
11122 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
11123 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
11124 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
11125 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
11128 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
11130 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
11131 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
11132 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
11133 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
11134 below must take account of these differences. */
11135 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
11136 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
11138 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
11140 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
11141 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
11145 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
11146 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
11147 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
11149 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
11152 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
11153 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
11156 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11158 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
11159 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
11160 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
11162 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
11163 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
11166 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
11167 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
11170 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
11172 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
11173 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
11174 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
11177 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
11178 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
11182 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
11184 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
11186 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
11188 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
11189 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
11190 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
11192 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
11193 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
11197 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
11199 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
11201 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
11204 if (DECL_P (origin))
11205 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
11206 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
11207 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
11209 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
11210 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
11211 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
11212 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
11213 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
11214 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
11215 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
11219 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
11222 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
11225 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
11227 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
11229 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11231 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
11232 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
11233 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
11234 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
11237 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
11238 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11239 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11240 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
11244 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
11247 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11249 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11251 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
11252 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11255 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
11256 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
11259 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11263 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
11264 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
11266 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
11267 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11268 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
11270 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
11271 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
11272 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
11273 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
11274 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
11275 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
11276 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
11279 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11280 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11281 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11282 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11284 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
11285 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
11286 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
11291 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
11294 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
11296 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
11299 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
11302 pop_decl_scope (void)
11304 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
11307 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
11308 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
11309 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
11310 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
11311 the current active scope. */
11314 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
11316 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
11317 tree containing_scope;
11320 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
11321 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
11323 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
11325 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
11326 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
11328 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
11331 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
11334 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
11335 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
11336 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
11337 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
11338 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
11340 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
11341 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
11342 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
11344 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
11345 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
11346 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
11347 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
11348 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
11353 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
11354 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
11356 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
11357 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
11360 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
11363 scope_die = context_die;
11368 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
11371 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
11373 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
11374 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
11375 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
11381 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
11382 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
11385 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
11387 return (context_die
11388 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
11389 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
11390 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
11393 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
11394 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
11395 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
11398 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
11399 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
11401 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
11402 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
11404 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
11405 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
11406 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
11407 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
11408 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
11409 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
11410 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
11412 if (code == ERROR_MARK
11413 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
11414 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
11415 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
11416 || code == VOID_TYPE)
11419 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
11420 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
11421 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
11424 if (type_die != NULL)
11425 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
11428 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
11429 function call type. */
11431 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
11433 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
11435 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
11437 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
11438 is not DW_CC_normal. */
11439 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
11440 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
11443 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11444 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11445 was declared without a tag. */
11447 static const char *
11448 type_tag (tree type)
11450 const char *name = 0;
11452 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
11456 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11457 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11458 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
11460 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11461 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11463 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11464 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11466 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
11467 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
11468 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
11469 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
11470 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11471 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
11474 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11475 if (!name && t != 0)
11476 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
11479 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
11482 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11483 for bit field types. */
11486 member_declared_type (tree member)
11488 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
11489 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
11492 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11493 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11496 static const char *
11497 decl_start_label (tree decl)
11500 const char *fnname;
11502 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
11503 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
11506 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
11508 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
11513 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11514 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11515 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11518 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11520 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11521 dw_die_ref array_die;
11524 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11525 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11526 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11527 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11528 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11531 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
11532 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
11533 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
11535 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
11537 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11538 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11539 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
11540 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
11544 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11545 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11546 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11547 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11548 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11549 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11550 for multidimensional arrays. */
11551 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
11554 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11555 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11556 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11557 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
11558 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11561 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
11563 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11564 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11566 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11567 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11568 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11569 add_subscript_info. */
11570 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11571 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
11572 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
11574 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
11577 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11579 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
11580 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
11585 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11587 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11588 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
11590 if (origin != NULL)
11591 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
11594 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11595 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11596 0, 0, context_die);
11599 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11600 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11602 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
11606 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11607 emit full debugging info for them. */
11610 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11614 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
11615 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
11618 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11621 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11623 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
11625 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11626 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11627 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11630 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11633 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11635 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
11637 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11638 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11639 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11642 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11645 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11647 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
11649 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11650 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11651 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11654 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11655 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11656 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11660 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11662 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11664 if (type_die == NULL)
11666 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
11667 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11668 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11669 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11671 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
11674 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11676 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11677 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11678 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11679 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
11683 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11684 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11685 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11686 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11688 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11689 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11690 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11691 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
11693 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
11694 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11696 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
11697 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
11699 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
11700 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
11702 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
11703 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11704 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11705 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11706 values as if they were signed. That means that
11707 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11708 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11709 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11710 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11714 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11716 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
11717 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
11722 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11723 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11726 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11727 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11728 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11729 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11730 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11731 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11732 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11733 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11736 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11738 dw_die_ref parm_die
11739 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11742 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11744 case tcc_declaration:
11745 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11746 if (origin != NULL)
11747 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11750 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11751 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11752 TREE_READONLY (node),
11753 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11755 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11756 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11759 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11760 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11761 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11766 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11767 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11771 gcc_unreachable ();
11777 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11778 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11781 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11783 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11786 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11787 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11788 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11789 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11792 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11795 tree formal_type = NULL;
11796 tree first_parm_type;
11799 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11801 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11802 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11807 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11809 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11810 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11811 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11813 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11815 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11816 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11819 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11820 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11821 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11822 && link == first_parm_type)
11823 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11824 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11826 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11828 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11831 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11832 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11833 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11834 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11836 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11837 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11838 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11839 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11840 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11841 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11844 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11845 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11846 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11847 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11848 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11851 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11853 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11855 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11856 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11857 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11858 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11860 dw_die_ref type_die;
11861 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11863 push_decl_scope (type);
11864 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11865 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11866 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11867 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11869 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11870 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11871 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11872 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11873 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11875 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11876 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11880 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11886 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11887 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11890 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11892 dw_die_ref old_die;
11894 struct function *save_cfun;
11896 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11898 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11899 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11901 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11902 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11903 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11906 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11907 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11908 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11910 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11912 gen_type_die_for_member
11913 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11916 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11917 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11919 current_function_decl = decl;
11920 cfun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl);
11922 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11923 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11924 if (! was_abstract)
11925 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11927 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11931 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
11932 htab_traverse_resize().
11934 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
11935 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
11937 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11943 die = lookup_type_die (type);
11945 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
11949 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
11951 premark_used_types (void)
11953 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
11954 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
11957 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11961 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11963 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11964 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11965 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11968 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11969 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11970 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11972 premark_used_types ();
11974 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11975 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11976 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11977 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11978 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11980 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11981 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11984 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11987 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
11988 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
11989 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
11990 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11991 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
11992 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11993 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
11995 if (origin != NULL)
11997 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11999 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
12000 inline function. */
12001 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
12002 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
12004 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
12005 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
12009 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
12010 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
12012 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
12013 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
12014 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
12015 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
12016 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
12018 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
12019 something we have already output. */
12023 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
12024 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
12025 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
12026 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
12027 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
12028 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
12029 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
12030 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
12031 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12032 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
12033 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
12034 == (unsigned) s.line))))
12036 subr_die = old_die;
12038 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
12039 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
12040 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
12041 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
12042 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
12043 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12044 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
12048 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
12049 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
12050 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
12051 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12052 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
12053 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
12058 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
12060 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
12061 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
12063 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
12064 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12066 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
12067 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
12068 0, 0, context_die);
12071 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12072 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12073 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12075 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12076 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12077 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12078 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12083 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
12085 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12087 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
12088 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
12089 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
12090 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
12092 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
12093 later reused to represent definition. */
12094 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
12097 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12099 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
12101 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
12102 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
12104 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
12108 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
12109 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
12111 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
12114 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
12116 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
12118 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
12120 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
12121 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
12123 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
12125 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
12126 current_function_funcdef_no);
12127 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
12128 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
12129 current_function_funcdef_no);
12130 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
12132 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
12133 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
12136 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
12137 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
12138 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
12140 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
12141 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
12142 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
12143 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
12145 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
12146 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
12147 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
12151 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12152 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
12153 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
12156 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
12158 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
12159 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
12160 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
12161 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
12162 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
12163 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
12164 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
12166 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
12167 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
12168 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
12169 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
12171 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
12172 if (list->dw_loc_next)
12173 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
12175 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
12178 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
12179 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
12180 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
12181 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
12182 by this displacement. */
12183 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
12185 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
12186 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
12187 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
12190 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
12191 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
12192 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
12193 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
12194 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
12195 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
12196 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
12197 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
12198 an ellipsis at the end. */
12200 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
12201 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
12202 its formal parameters. */
12203 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12205 else if (declaration)
12206 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
12209 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
12210 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
12213 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
12214 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
12215 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
12216 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12218 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
12219 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
12220 "__builtin_va_alist"))
12221 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
12223 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
12226 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
12227 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
12228 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
12229 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
12230 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
12231 parameters at all. */
12232 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12233 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
12235 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
12236 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
12237 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
12239 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12240 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
12243 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
12244 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
12245 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
12247 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
12248 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
12249 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
12250 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
12251 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
12252 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
12253 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
12255 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
12256 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
12257 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
12258 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
12259 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
12260 constructor function. */
12261 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
12263 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
12264 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
12265 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
12267 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
12268 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
12270 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
12271 if (current_function_has_inlines)
12273 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
12274 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
12276 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
12277 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
12282 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
12283 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
12287 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
12290 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12292 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12293 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
12295 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12296 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
12297 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
12298 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
12299 might end up being no definition anywhere in
12300 the program. For example, consider the C++
12304 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
12309 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
12311 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
12312 definition is required, so the compiler will
12313 not emit a definition. */
12314 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
12315 && DECL_COMDAT (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12316 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
12318 if (origin != NULL)
12319 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
12321 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
12322 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
12324 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
12325 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
12328 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
12330 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
12331 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
12332 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
12334 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
12335 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
12337 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
12338 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
12339 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
12341 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
12342 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
12344 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
12345 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12347 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
12348 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
12353 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
12354 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
12355 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12357 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
12358 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
12360 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12361 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12363 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12364 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12365 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12366 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12370 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12372 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
12373 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
12375 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12377 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
12378 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
12381 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
12384 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
12387 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12389 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12390 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
12392 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12394 if (origin != NULL)
12395 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
12397 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
12399 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12400 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
12403 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
12405 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
12406 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
12407 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
12411 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
12413 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
12414 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
12415 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
12416 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
12417 it if it ever does happen. */
12418 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
12420 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
12421 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
12426 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
12427 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
12428 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
12431 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
12433 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
12435 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
12436 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
12440 /* If STMT's abstract origin is a function declaration and STMT's
12441 first subblock's abstract origin is the function's outermost block,
12442 then we're looking at the main entry point. */
12444 is_inlined_entry_point (tree stmt)
12448 if (!stmt || TREE_CODE (stmt) != BLOCK)
12451 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12453 if (!decl || TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
12456 block = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12460 if (TREE_CODE (block) != BLOCK)
12463 block = block_ultimate_origin (block);
12466 return block == DECL_INITIAL (decl);
12469 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
12470 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
12473 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
12475 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12477 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
12481 if (is_inlined_entry_point (stmt))
12483 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
12484 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12485 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
12488 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
12490 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
12493 add_ranges (chain);
12494 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
12501 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
12502 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12503 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
12504 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
12505 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12506 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
12510 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
12513 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12515 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
12517 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12518 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
12520 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
12523 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12526 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12528 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12530 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12531 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12532 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12533 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12534 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12536 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12538 dw_die_ref subr_die
12539 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
12541 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12542 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12543 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12545 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
12546 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
12549 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12550 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12551 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12552 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12553 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12554 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12555 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12556 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12557 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12558 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12559 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12561 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12564 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12567 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12569 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12571 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
12574 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
12575 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
12576 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
12577 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
12580 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
12582 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12583 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12584 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12587 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
12588 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12590 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12591 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12593 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12594 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12595 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12596 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12598 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12599 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
12603 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12604 Use modified_type_die instead.
12605 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12606 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12609 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12612 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12614 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12615 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12616 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12619 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12620 Use modified_type_die instead.
12621 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12622 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12625 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12628 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12630 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
12631 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12632 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12636 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12639 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12642 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
12643 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12645 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12646 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12647 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
12648 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12651 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12654 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
12657 char producer[250];
12658 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
12661 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
12665 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
12666 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12667 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
12668 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
12671 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
12673 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12674 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12675 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12676 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12677 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12678 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12679 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12680 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12681 strcat (producer, " -g");
12684 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
12686 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
12687 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
12688 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12689 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
12690 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
12691 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
12692 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
12693 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
12694 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12695 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
12696 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
12697 language = DW_LANG_Java;
12698 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
12699 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
12700 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
12701 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
12703 language = DW_LANG_C89;
12705 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
12709 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12712 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
12714 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
12716 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
12717 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
12719 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
12720 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
12722 if (access == access_public_node)
12723 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
12724 else if (access == access_protected_node)
12725 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12728 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12731 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12734 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
12737 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12738 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12739 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12740 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12741 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12742 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12743 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12744 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12745 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12746 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12747 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12749 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12752 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
12756 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
12757 gen_inheritance_die (base,
12758 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
12759 : access_public_node), context_die);
12762 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12763 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12765 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12766 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12767 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12768 do put them in the right order. */
12770 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12772 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12774 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12777 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12778 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12780 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12781 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
12784 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12786 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12788 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12792 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12793 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12794 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12797 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
12798 enum debug_info_usage usage)
12800 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12801 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
12803 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
12804 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12805 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
12806 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
12807 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
12809 if (type_die && ! complete)
12812 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
12813 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12814 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
12817 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
12819 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
12820 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12822 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
12824 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
12825 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
12827 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12829 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
12831 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
12834 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12836 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12837 then give a list of members. */
12838 if (complete && !ns_decl)
12840 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12841 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12842 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12843 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12844 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12845 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12847 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12848 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12849 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12850 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12852 push_decl_scope (type);
12853 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12856 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12857 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12859 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12861 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12862 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12863 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12868 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12870 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12871 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12872 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12873 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
12876 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
12877 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
12880 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12883 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12885 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12886 dw_die_ref subr_die
12887 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12888 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12890 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12891 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12892 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12893 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12895 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
12896 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
12899 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12902 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12904 dw_die_ref type_die;
12907 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12910 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12911 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12912 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12913 if (origin != NULL)
12914 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12919 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12920 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12922 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12924 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12925 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12928 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12930 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12931 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12934 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12935 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12937 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
12938 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
12941 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12944 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
12945 enum debug_info_usage usage)
12949 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12952 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12953 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12955 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12958 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12959 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12961 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12962 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12966 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12967 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12968 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12969 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12970 cloned type itself). */
12971 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12972 type = type_main_variant (type);
12974 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12977 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12983 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12984 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12985 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12986 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12987 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12989 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12991 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12992 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12993 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
12994 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
12998 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12999 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
13000 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
13001 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
13003 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
13004 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
13005 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
13007 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
13009 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
13012 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
13013 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
13014 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
13015 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
13016 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
13020 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
13021 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
13022 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
13023 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
13027 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
13031 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
13034 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
13037 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
13038 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
13039 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
13040 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
13041 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
13042 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
13043 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
13044 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
13045 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13046 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13048 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
13050 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
13053 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
13054 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13055 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13060 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
13064 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
13066 /* This might have been written out by the call to
13067 declare_in_namespace. */
13068 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
13069 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
13072 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
13077 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
13078 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
13079 when appropriate. */
13087 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
13091 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
13095 gcc_unreachable ();
13098 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
13102 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
13104 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
13107 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
13110 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
13112 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
13115 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
13116 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
13117 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
13119 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
13121 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
13122 an instance of an unresolved type. */
13124 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
13129 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
13130 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
13134 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
13138 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
13139 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
13143 gcc_unreachable ();
13147 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
13148 things which are local to the given block. */
13151 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
13153 int must_output_die = 0;
13156 enum tree_code origin_code;
13158 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
13159 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
13162 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
13163 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
13164 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
13165 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
13169 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
13170 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
13175 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
13176 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
13177 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
13178 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
13179 the current block. */
13180 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
13181 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
13183 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
13185 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
13186 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
13187 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
13188 must_output_die = 1;
13191 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
13192 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
13193 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
13194 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
13195 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
13196 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
13197 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
13198 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
13200 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
13201 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
13202 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13203 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
13204 as being a "significant" one. */
13205 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
13206 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
13207 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
13208 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
13210 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
13211 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
13212 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
13213 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13214 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13215 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13217 must_output_die = 1;
13223 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
13224 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
13225 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
13226 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
13227 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
13228 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
13229 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
13230 if (must_output_die)
13232 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
13233 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
13235 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
13238 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
13241 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
13242 all of its sub-blocks. */
13245 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
13250 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
13251 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
13254 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
13256 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
13257 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
13258 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
13259 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
13260 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13264 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
13265 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13266 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
13267 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13271 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
13272 add_child_die (context_die, die);
13273 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
13274 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
13275 in varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
13276 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl))
13279 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13283 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
13284 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13287 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
13288 therein) of this block. */
13289 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
13291 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
13292 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
13295 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
13298 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
13300 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
13303 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
13304 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
13305 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
13306 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
13307 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
13308 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
13314 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
13317 force_decl_die (tree decl)
13319 dw_die_ref decl_die;
13320 unsigned saved_external_flag;
13321 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
13322 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13325 dw_die_ref context_die;
13326 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13329 /* Find die that represents this context. */
13330 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
13331 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
13333 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
13336 context_die = comp_unit_die;
13338 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13342 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13344 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13345 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
13346 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
13347 declaration die. */
13348 save_fn = current_function_decl;
13349 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
13350 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13351 current_function_decl = save_fn;
13355 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
13356 gen_decl_die() call. */
13357 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
13358 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
13359 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13360 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
13363 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13364 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13368 gcc_unreachable ();
13371 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
13373 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13374 gcc_assert (decl_die);
13380 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
13381 always returned. */
13384 force_type_die (tree type)
13386 dw_die_ref type_die;
13388 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13391 dw_die_ref context_die;
13392 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13394 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13395 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13397 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13400 context_die = comp_unit_die;
13402 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13405 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
13406 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13407 gcc_assert (type_die);
13412 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
13413 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
13416 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
13418 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
13419 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
13420 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13421 /* Force out the namespace. */
13422 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
13424 return context_die;
13427 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
13428 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
13430 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
13431 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
13434 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
13436 dw_die_ref ns_context;
13438 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13441 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
13442 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
13443 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
13444 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
13447 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
13449 if (ns_context != context_die)
13451 if (DECL_P (thing))
13452 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
13454 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
13458 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
13461 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
13463 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
13465 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
13466 they are an alias of. */
13467 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
13469 /* Output a real namespace. */
13470 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13471 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
13472 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
13473 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
13477 /* Output a namespace alias. */
13479 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
13480 dw_die_ref origin_die
13481 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13483 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
13484 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13485 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
13486 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
13487 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
13488 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
13492 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
13495 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
13499 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13502 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13508 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
13509 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
13512 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13513 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
13514 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
13515 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
13516 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
13521 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
13522 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13523 if (current_function_decl != decl)
13524 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13527 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13528 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
13529 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13531 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
13532 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
13533 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
13534 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
13535 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
13536 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
13537 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
13538 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
13539 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13541 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
13542 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
13545 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
13546 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13548 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
13549 have described its return type. */
13550 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
13552 /* And its virtual context. */
13553 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13554 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
13556 /* And its containing type. */
13557 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13558 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13559 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13561 /* And its containing namespace. */
13562 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13565 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13566 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13570 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13571 actual typedefs. */
13572 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13575 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13576 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13577 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13578 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13579 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13580 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13581 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13583 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13587 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
13588 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13590 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13591 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
13595 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13596 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
13601 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13602 variable declarations or definitions. */
13603 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13606 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13608 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13610 /* And its containing type. */
13611 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13612 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13613 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13615 /* And its containing namespace. */
13616 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13618 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13619 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13620 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13622 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
13623 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
13624 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13626 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
13630 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13631 anonymous unions and structs. */
13632 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
13633 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
13634 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
13636 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
13637 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
13642 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13643 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13646 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13647 gen_namespace_die (decl);
13651 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13652 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
13657 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13658 compilation proper has finished. */
13661 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
13663 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13664 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13665 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13666 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13667 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13668 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13671 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13672 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13674 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
13677 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13680 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13683 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
13685 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
13686 dw_die_ref scope_die;
13687 expanded_location xloc;
13689 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13694 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13695 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13698 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13699 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13701 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
13702 else if (TYPE_P (context))
13704 if (!should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
13706 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
13709 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
13711 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13712 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
13714 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
13715 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13717 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13721 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13722 if (!at_import_die)
13724 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13725 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13726 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
13728 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13729 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
13731 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13732 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13734 if (!should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
13735 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
13737 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13740 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13742 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
13743 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
13745 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
13749 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13750 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13751 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
13753 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
13755 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
13756 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
13757 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
13758 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
13761 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13764 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
13766 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
13768 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13773 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13774 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13775 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13776 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13777 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13778 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13779 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13780 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13781 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13782 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13783 with the definition of the function.
13785 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13786 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13787 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13788 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13789 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13790 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13791 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13792 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13793 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13794 that they *are* definitions).
13796 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13797 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13798 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13799 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13800 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13801 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
13804 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13805 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13806 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13807 if (decl_function_context (decl)
13808 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13809 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13810 context_die = NULL;
13814 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13815 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13816 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13817 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13818 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13819 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13820 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13821 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13822 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
13825 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13826 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
13827 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
13829 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13830 variable declarations or definitions. */
13831 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13835 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13836 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13838 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
13843 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13844 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
13847 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13848 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13849 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
13851 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13852 comparisons have. */
13854 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13855 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13856 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
13861 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13862 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13865 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13866 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13867 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13868 context_die = NULL;
13876 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13879 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13880 a lexical block. */
13883 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13884 unsigned int blocknum)
13886 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13887 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13890 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13894 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13896 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13897 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13900 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13901 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13903 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13904 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13905 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13908 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13912 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13913 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13914 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13920 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
13923 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
13925 const struct dwarf_file_data * p1 = p1_p;
13926 const char * p2 = p2_p;
13927 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
13931 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
13933 const struct dwarf_file_data * p = p_p;
13934 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
13937 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13938 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13939 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13940 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13941 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13942 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13943 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13944 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13945 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13948 static struct dwarf_file_data *
13949 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13952 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
13954 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13955 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13956 if (file_table_last_lookup
13957 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
13958 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
13959 return file_table_last_lookup;
13961 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13962 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
13963 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
13967 created = ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct dwarf_file_data));
13968 created->filename = file_name;
13969 created->emitted_number = 0;
13974 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13975 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13976 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13977 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13978 types, which may include filenames. */
13981 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
13983 if (! fd->emitted_number)
13985 if (last_emitted_file)
13986 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
13988 fd->emitted_number = 1;
13989 last_emitted_file = fd;
13991 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13993 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
13994 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file, fd->filename);
13995 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13999 return fd->emitted_number;
14002 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
14003 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
14004 our lookup table. */
14007 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
14009 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14010 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
14012 static rtx last_insn;
14013 static const char *last_label;
14016 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
14018 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
14020 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
14021 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
14022 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
14024 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
14025 && last_insn == prev_insn
14026 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
14027 && NOTE_KIND (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
14029 newloc->label = last_label;
14033 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
14034 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
14036 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
14038 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
14039 newloc->next = NULL;
14041 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
14042 newloc->section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
14044 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
14046 last_insn = loc_note;
14047 last_label = newloc->label;
14048 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
14049 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
14052 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
14053 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
14054 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
14055 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
14058 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
14060 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
14062 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
14063 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
14066 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
14067 and record information relating to this source line, in
14068 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
14071 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
14073 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
14076 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
14078 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
14080 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
14081 if (flag_debug_asm)
14082 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
14085 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14087 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
14088 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
14090 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
14091 line_info_table_in_use++;
14093 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
14095 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
14096 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
14097 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
14098 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
14100 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
14101 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
14102 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
14104 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
14105 separate_line_info_table
14106 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
14107 separate_line_info_table_allocated
14108 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
14109 memset (separate_line_info_table
14110 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
14112 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
14113 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
14116 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
14118 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
14119 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
14120 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
14121 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
14125 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
14127 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
14128 line_info_table_in_use);
14130 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
14131 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
14133 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
14135 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
14136 (line_info_table_allocated
14137 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
14138 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
14139 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
14142 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
14143 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
14144 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
14145 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
14150 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
14153 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
14155 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14157 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
14158 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
14160 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
14161 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
14164 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14166 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
14168 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14169 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
14170 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
14173 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
14177 /* Record the end of a source file. */
14180 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14182 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14183 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
14184 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
14186 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14188 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14189 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
14193 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
14194 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
14195 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
14198 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
14199 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14201 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14203 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14204 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
14205 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
14206 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
14210 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
14211 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
14212 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
14215 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
14216 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14218 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14220 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14221 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
14222 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
14223 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
14227 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
14230 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14232 /* Allocate the file_table. */
14233 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
14234 file_table_eq, NULL);
14236 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
14237 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
14238 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
14240 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
14241 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
14242 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
14244 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
14245 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
14247 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
14248 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
14249 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
14250 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
14251 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
14252 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
14254 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
14255 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
14256 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
14257 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
14259 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
14260 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
14262 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
14263 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
14264 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
14266 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
14267 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
14268 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
14269 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
14270 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
14271 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
14272 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
14274 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
14276 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
14278 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
14279 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14280 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
14281 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14282 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
14283 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14284 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
14285 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14286 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
14287 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14288 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
14289 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14290 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
14291 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14292 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
14293 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
14294 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14296 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
14297 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
14298 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
14299 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14300 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
14301 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14303 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14304 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
14305 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14306 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14307 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
14308 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14309 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14311 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
14312 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14313 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
14314 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14315 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
14316 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14317 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
14318 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
14319 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
14320 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
14321 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
14322 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
14324 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14326 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14327 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
14328 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14329 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
14332 switch_to_section (text_section);
14333 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
14334 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14336 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14337 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
14341 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
14342 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
14345 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14347 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
14349 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
14351 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
14352 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
14353 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
14359 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14360 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
14363 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
14367 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
14368 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
14370 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14372 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
14373 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
14376 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
14382 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
14385 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
14386 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
14389 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
14394 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
14396 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
14398 /* A reference to another DIE.
14399 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
14400 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
14402 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
14403 accounts properly for it. */
14404 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
14405 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
14410 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
14411 to DIE's children. */
14414 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
14418 if (die->die_mark == 0)
14420 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
14423 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
14424 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
14425 if (die->die_parent)
14426 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
14428 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
14429 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
14431 /* If this node is a specification,
14432 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
14433 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
14434 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
14437 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
14439 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
14440 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
14443 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
14444 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
14445 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
14446 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
14448 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
14453 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
14456 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
14460 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
14464 switch (die->die_tag)
14466 case DW_TAG_const_type:
14467 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
14468 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
14469 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
14470 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
14471 case DW_TAG_typedef:
14472 case DW_TAG_array_type:
14473 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
14474 case DW_TAG_union_type:
14475 case DW_TAG_class_type:
14476 case DW_TAG_friend:
14477 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
14478 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
14479 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
14480 case DW_TAG_string_type:
14481 case DW_TAG_set_type:
14482 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
14483 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
14484 case DW_TAG_file_type:
14485 if (die->die_perennial_p)
14488 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
14492 /* Mark everything else. */
14498 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
14499 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
14501 /* Mark children. */
14502 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
14505 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
14509 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
14514 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
14515 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
14517 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
14519 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
14520 twice in the hash table. */
14522 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
14525 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
14526 htab_hash_string (s->str),
14528 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
14534 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
14537 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
14541 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
14542 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
14544 if (! die->die_child)
14547 c = die->die_child;
14549 dw_die_ref prev = c;
14550 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
14551 if (c == die->die_child)
14553 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
14555 /* No marked children at all. */
14556 die->die_child = NULL;
14559 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
14560 die->die_child = prev;
14565 if (c != prev->die_sib)
14567 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
14568 } while (c != die->die_child);
14572 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
14575 prune_unused_types (void)
14578 limbo_die_node *node;
14581 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14582 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
14583 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
14584 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14585 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
14586 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14588 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
14589 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
14590 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14591 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
14593 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
14594 pubname_table or arange_table. */
14595 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
14596 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
14597 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
14598 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
14600 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
14601 if (debug_str_hash)
14602 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
14603 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
14604 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14605 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
14607 /* Leave the marks clear. */
14608 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
14609 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14610 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14613 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
14616 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
14619 struct dwarf_file_data *d = *slot;
14620 if (d->emitted_number && !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
14628 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14629 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14632 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
14634 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
14635 dw_die_ref die = 0;
14637 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14638 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14639 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
14640 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
14641 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14642 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
14645 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
14647 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14650 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14651 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14652 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14653 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14655 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
14657 next_node = node->next;
14660 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
14662 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
14665 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
14666 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
14668 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
14669 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14670 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14673 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14674 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14675 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14676 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14677 this to be a child of the containing function.
14679 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14680 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14681 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14682 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14683 tree context = NULL_TREE;
14685 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
14687 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
14688 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14689 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
14690 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14692 gcc_assert (context
14693 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
14694 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
14696 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
14698 add_child_die (origin, die);
14700 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14705 limbo_die_list = NULL;
14707 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14708 emit full debugging info for them. */
14709 retry_incomplete_types ();
14711 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
14712 prune_unused_types ();
14714 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14715 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14716 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14717 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
14719 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14720 that have children. */
14721 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
14722 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14723 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
14725 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14726 switch_to_section (text_section);
14727 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14728 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14730 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14731 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14734 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14736 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
14738 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
14739 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
14744 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
14746 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14747 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
14748 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
14749 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
14750 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
14751 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
14752 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
14754 add_AT_range_list (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_ranges,
14755 add_ranges_by_labels (text_section_label,
14757 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14758 add_ranges_by_labels (cold_text_section_label,
14761 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
14763 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
14765 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
14767 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
14768 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label);
14769 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
14770 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label);
14773 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_begin,
14780 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14781 if (have_location_lists)
14783 /* Output the location lists info. */
14784 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
14785 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
14786 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14787 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
14788 output_location_lists (die);
14791 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
14792 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
14793 debug_line_section_label);
14795 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14796 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
14798 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14799 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14800 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14801 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
14803 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
14805 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14806 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
14807 output_abbrev_section ();
14809 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14810 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
14812 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
14813 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
14816 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
14817 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
14818 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
14820 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
14821 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
14825 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14826 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14827 if (fde_table_in_use)
14829 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
14833 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14834 if (ranges_table_in_use)
14836 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
14837 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
14841 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14842 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14843 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14844 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14845 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
14846 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
14847 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14849 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
14850 output_line_info ();
14853 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14854 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14856 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14857 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14860 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14862 if (debug_str_hash)
14863 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
14867 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14868 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
14870 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14872 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"